Introduction
Interior point methods (IPMs) are among the most powerful algorithmic tools for continuous optimization. Their success is closely tied to convexity, which provides the structure needed to control Newton steps and guarantee rapid convergence. A longstanding question is how far these methods can be extended beyond convex optimization, and what properties can replace convexity in their convergence analysis.
An important setting for studying this question is the linear complementarity problem (LCP). Given a matrix M ∈ R n × n M \in\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} M ∈ R n × n and a vector q ∈ R n q \in\mathbb{R}^n q ∈ R n , the goal is to find vectors x , s ∈ R n x,s \in\mathbb{R}^n x , s ∈ R n satisfying
M x + q = s , x T s = 0 , x , s ≥ 0 n . (1) Mx + q = s,\qquad x^\mathsf{T}s = 0,\qquad x,s \geq0_n. \tag*{(1)} M x + q = s , x T s = 0 , x , s ≥ 0 n . (1)
The LCP encompasses a remarkably broad range of problems. In particular, the optimality conditions of linear and convex quadratic programs can be expressed as LCPs, and complementarity formulations arise naturally in economic equilibria, noncooperative games, and variational inequalities. They were first studied in the 1960s by Lemke [41 ] and by Cottle and Dantzig [3 ] , extending the complementary pivot algorithm by Lemke and Howson [42 ] from bimatrix games to the more general setting. We refer the reader to the books by Cottle, Pang, and Stone [8 ] and by Murty and Yu [52 ] for comprehensive treatments of LCP.
The best understood case is that of monotone LCPs, where M + M T M + M^\mathsf{T} M + M T is positive semidefinite, or equivalently, x T M x ≥ 0 x^\mathsf{T}Mx \geq0 x T M x ≥ 0 for every x ∈ R n x \in\mathbb{R}^n x ∈ R n . Much like convex optimization problems, monotone LCPs can be solved in polynomial time by standard interior point methods (IPMs) [39 , 15 , 40 , 86 , 85 ] . Unfortunately, many important LCPs do not enjoy this structure. For unrestricted matrices, solving an LCP is NP-hard [5 ] , and the complexity of several natural matrix classes remains a major open problem.
A particularly important example is the class of P \mathcal{P} P -matrices, which are matrices whose principal minors are all positive. Every P \mathcal{P} P -matrix M M M has the property that LCP( M , q ) (M,q) ( M , q ) admits a unique solution for every q q q , a fact established already before the explicit introduction of the LCP model [73 ] . Cottle and Dantzig [3 ] showed that Lemke’s algorithm finitely finds a solution for this class, yet there are still no polynomial time algorithms known. Megiddo [49 ] showed that solving P P P -matrix LCP cannot be NP-hard unless NP=coNP. The significance of this problem extends well beyond mathematical optimization. P P P -matrix LCPs are closely connected to unique sink orientations of hypercubes [74 , 75 ] and to the complexity of total search problems: they are among the first problems shown to lie in PPAD by Papadimitriou [55 ] , and also belong to the subclass UEOPL of PPAD [20 ] . Prominent problems at the intersection of automata theory and algorithmic game theory, such as discounted stochastic games, mean-payoff and parity games, admit reductions to P P P -matrix LCPs [25 , 34 , 29 , 20 ] . These connections make the search for efficient algorithms for structured LCPs an important direction in theoretical computer science and in optimization.
Analogously to their distinguished role in the context of pivoting algorithms, P P P -matrix LCPs are also amenable to interior point methods. A seminal work by Kojima, Megiddo, Noma, and Yoshise [38 ] introduced the parametrized matrix class P ⋆ ( κ ) P_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) , and gave an interior point method for P ⋆ ( κ ) P_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) -LCP with running time polynomial in the input and linear in κ \kappa κ . The parameter κ \kappa κ , known as the handicap number , measures the extent to which a matrix violates monotonicity; every P P P -matrix belongs to P ⋆ ( κ ) P_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) for some κ ≥ 0 \kappa\ge0 κ ≥ 0 . However, this does not yield a polynomial-time algorithm for P P P -matrix LCP, because κ \kappa κ can be exponentially large in the input encoding length.
This was followed by a long line of work on developing IPMs for P ⋆ ( κ ) P_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) -matrix LCPs, e.g., [50 , 62 , 63 , 60 , 56 , 43 , 64 , 61 , 44 , 33 , 18 , 11 ] , see also § 1.2 . The literature explored a variety of IPMs using different neighborhoods, short and long-steps, as well as different kernel functions and reparametrizations. However, the best known running time bounds for P ⋆ ( κ ) P_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) -LCPs have retained a linear dependence on κ \kappa κ .
In this paper, we make the first improvement to this dependence in over three decades, showing that it can be reduced from linear to square root. Among extensive efforts to improve IPM iteration complexity across diverse regimes [47 , 48 CMSV17, 45 , 2 , 37 , 83 , 46 ] , to the extent of our knowledge this is the first result to break a longstanding bound by reanalyzing the classical method in a norm dictated by combinatorial structure.
Handicap number and LCPs for P ⋆ P_{\star} P ⋆ -matrices. To understand the handicap number, recall that monotonicity requires
x T M x = ∑ i = 1 n x i ( M x ) i ≥ 0 , for all x ∈ R n . x^{\mathsf{T}}Mx = \sum_{i=1}^{n} x_i(Mx)_i \ge0,\qquad\text{for all } x \in\mathbb{R}^{n}. x T M x = i = 1 ∑ n x i ( M x ) i ≥ 0 , for all x ∈ R n .
Although the individual terms in this sum may be negative, their total must be nonnegative. The defining property of P ⋆ ( κ ) P_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) -matrices relaxes this requirement by allowing the negative terms to outweigh the positive ones, provided that multiplying the positive contributions by 1 + 4 κ 1+4\kappa 1 + 4 κ restores nonnegativity. Formally, for x ∈ R n x \in\mathbb{R}^{n} x ∈ R n , define the index sets according to the sign of x i ( M x ) i x_i(Mx)_i x i ( M x ) i :
I M + ( x ) : = { i ∈ [ n ] : x i ( M x ) i > 0 } , and I M − ( x ) : = { i ∈ [ n ] : x i ( M x ) i < 0 } . \mathcal{I}^{+}_{M}(x) := \{i \in[n] : x_i(Mx)_i > 0\}, \qquad\text{and}\qquad\mathcal{I}^{-}_{M}(x) := \{i \in[n] : x_i(Mx)_i < 0\}. I M + ( x ) := { i ∈ [ n ] : x i ( M x ) i > 0 } , and I M − ( x ) := { i ∈ [ n ] : x i ( M x ) i < 0 } .
The handicap number of M M M is defined as
κ ^ ( M ) : = inf { κ ≥ 0 : ( 1 + 4 κ ) ∑ i ∈ I M + ( x ) x i ( M x ) i + ∑ i ∈ I M − ( x ) x i ( M x ) i ≥ 0 , ∀ x ∈ R n } . (2) \widehat{\kappa}(M) := \inf\left\{ \kappa\ge0 : (1+4\kappa)\sum_{i\in\mathcal{I}^{+}_{M}(x)} x_i(Mx)_i + \sum_{i\in\mathcal{I}^{-}_{M}(x)} x_i(Mx)_i \ge0,\quad\forall x\in\mathbb{R}^{n} \right\}. \tag*{(2)} κ ( M ) := inf ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ κ ≥ 0 : ( 1 + 4 κ ) i ∈ I M + ( x ) ∑ x i ( M x ) i + i ∈ I M − ( x ) ∑ x i ( M x ) i ≥ 0 , ∀ x ∈ R n ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ . (2)
We let P ⋆ ( κ ) P_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) denote the set of matrices with κ ^ ( M ) ≤ κ \widehat{\kappa}(M) \le\kappa κ ( M ) ≤ κ , and write P ⋆ : = ⋃ κ ≥ 0 P ⋆ ( κ ) P_{\star} := \bigcup_{\kappa\ge0} P_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ := ⋃ κ ≥ 0 P ⋆ ( κ ) for the class of matrices with finite handicap. Thus, P ⋆ ( 0 ) P_{\star}(0) P ⋆ ( 0 ) is precisely the class of monotone matrices.
The class P ⋆ P_{\star} P ⋆ is of great significance within complementarity theory. A deep theorem by Väliaho [81 ] (Theorem 2.3) shows that it coincides with the class of sufficient matrices , originally introduced by Cottle, Pang, and Venkateswaran [9 ] . A matrix M ∈ R n × n M \in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n is column sufficient if for all x ∈ R n x \in\mathbb{R}^{n} x ∈ R n , x ( M x ) ≤ 0 n x(Mx) \le0_n x ( M x ) ≤ 0 n implies x ( M x ) = 0 n x(Mx)=0_n x ( M x ) = 0 n , and row sufficient if M T M^{\mathsf{T}} M T is column sufficient; the product between x x x and M x Mx M x is applied entry-wise. A matrix is called sufficient if it is both column and row sufficient.
Moreover, P ⋆ P_{\star} P ⋆ -LCP appears to be the broadest class where one may hope for polynomial-time algorithms: let P 0 P_0 P 0 denote the class of matrices whose principal minors are all nonnegative; such matrices arise as limits of sequences of P P P -matrices (see Lemma 2.4). Solving P 0 P_0 P 0 -LCP is already NP-hard [38 Section 3.4] . Sufficient matrices fall strictly between these classes: P ⊊ P ⋆ ⊊ P 0 P \subsetneq P_{\star} \subsetneq P_0 P ⊊ P ⋆ ⊊ P 0 [38 Section 3.2] .
While the linear dependence on κ \kappa κ has not been improved in the extensive previous literature, there are compelling reasons to believe that this dependence is suboptimal. One particularly revealing example comes from discounted turn-based stochastic games, which can be encoded as P \mathcal{P} P -matrix LCPs. Hansen and Ibsen-Jensen [29 ] showed that, for games with n n n states and discount factor γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \gamma\in(0,1) γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , the corresponding matrices have handicap numbers being O ( n ( 1 − γ ) 2 ) O\left(\frac{n}{(1-\gamma)^2}\right) O ( ( 1 − γ ) 2 n ) , and gave an example where this bound is attained. Consequently, the classical handicap-based IPM bounds incur a quadratic dependence on 1 / ( 1 − γ ) 1/(1-\gamma) 1/ ( 1 − γ ) . In contrast, specialized strategy-iteration algorithms for these games achieve a dependence that is linear in 1 / ( 1 − γ ) 1/(1-\gamma) 1/ ( 1 − γ ) , up to logarithmic factors [31 ] ; see further discussion in § 1.2 .
This gap suggests that the handicap-based IPM analysis may be losing substantially more than necessary. The 1 + κ \sqrt{1+\kappa} 1 + κ dependence in Theorem 1.2 below reduces the dependence on the inverse discount gap from quadratic to linear, matching the exponent achieved by specialized combinatorial algorithms; and thus provides a natural milestone for progress for IPM on P ⋆ ( κ ) \mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) -LCPs. Our work may raise hopes towards log ( 1 + κ ) \log(1+\kappa) log ( 1 + κ ) dependence; this would imply a polynomial-time algorithm for P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_{\star} P ⋆ -LCP, and consequently for all these applications.
Our contributions
New characterization of P ⋆ ( κ ) \mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) -matrices. Classical analyses of interior point methods for P ⋆ ( κ ) \mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) -LCPs build directly on the definition in (1). Our equivalent characterization of κ ^ ( M ) \hat{\kappa}(M) κ ^ ( M ) is given in terms of a matrix norm that arises naturally in analyses of interior point methods. This result leads to simpler, more transparent proofs of known results, and is also a key ingredient in our improved analysis. For A ∈ R m × n A \in\mathbb{R}^{m \times n} A ∈ R m × n , we let ∥ A ∥ 2 = ∥ A ∥ 2 → 2 = max x ∈ R n , ∥ x ∥ 2 = 1 ∥ A x ∥ \|A\|_2 = \|A\|_{2 \to2} = \max_{x \in\mathbb{R}^n,\|x\|_2=1} \|Ax\| ∥ A ∥ 2 = ∥ A ∥ 2 → 2 = max x ∈ R n , ∥ x ∥ 2 = 1 ∥ A x ∥ denote the spectral norm, i.e., the ℓ 2 → ℓ 2 \ell_2 \to\ell_2 ℓ 2 → ℓ 2 operator norm. Let D > 0 n ⊆ R n × n \mathcal{D}_{>0}^n \subseteq\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} D > 0 n ⊆ R n × n denote the set of positive diagonal matrices.
Theorem 1.1. Let M ∈ R n × n M \in\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} M ∈ R n × n . Then, M ∈ P ⋆ M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ P ⋆ if and only if I n + D M D I_n + DMD I n + D M D is nonsingular for any D ∈ D > 0 n D \in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^n D ∈ D > 0 n and sup D ∈ D > 0 n ∥ ( I n + D M D ) − 1 ∥ 2 \sup_{D \in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^n}\|(I_n + DMD)^{-1}\|_2 sup D ∈ D > 0 n ∥ ( I n + D M D ) − 1 ∥ 2 is finite. If M ∈ P ⋆ M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ P ⋆ , then
sup D ∈ D > 0 n ∥ ( I n + D M D ) − 1 ∥ 2 = 1 + κ ^ ( M ) 2 1 / 4 + κ ^ ( M ) . (3) \sup_{D \in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^n}\|(I_n + DMD)^{-1}\|_2 = \sqrt{1 + \frac{\hat{\kappa}(M)^2}{1/4 + \hat{\kappa}(M)}}. \tag*{(3)} D ∈ D > 0 n sup ∥ ( I n + D M D ) − 1 ∥ 2 = 1 + 1/4 + κ ^ ( M ) κ ^ ( M ) 2 . (3)
The proof is given in § 9.1 . Besides being the key to our improved analysis, it also leads to simple new proofs of a theorem of Väliaho [82 ] showing that the handicap number is invariant under transposition, see Theorem 2.6.
Improved IPM analysis via algebraic and combinatorial properties. As we will see in Section 4, Newton steps for interior point methods involve matrix inverses of the form as in (2). In Theorem 4.2 , we give a simple analysis showing that O ( n ( 1 + κ ^ ( M ) ) log ( ρ ) ) O(\sqrt{n}(1+\hat{\kappa}(M))\log(\rho)) O ( n ( 1 + κ ^ ( M )) log ( ρ )) Newton steps suffice to reduce the optimality gap by a factor ρ \rho ρ . Our main result improves the running time dependence to 1 + κ ^ ( M ) \sqrt{1+\hat{\kappa}(M)} 1 + κ ^ ( M ) .
Theorem 1.2. Let M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ Q n × n M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} \cap\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ Q n × n , q ∈ Q n q \in\mathbb{Q}^n q ∈ Q n of total encoding length L L L . There exists an algorithm that either finds a solution to LCP ( M , q ) \operatorname{LCP}(M,q) LCP ( M , q ) or concludes its infeasibility in total running time dominated by
O ( min { n ( 1 + κ ^ ( M ) ) , n 9 / 8 1 + κ ^ ( M ) } ⋅ ( L + log ( 2 + κ ^ ( M ) ) ) ) O\left(\min\left\{\sqrt{n}(1+\hat{\kappa}(M)), n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\hat{\kappa}(M)}\right\}\cdot\left(L+\log(2+\hat{\kappa}(M))\right)\right) O ( min { n ( 1 + κ ^ ( M )) , n 9/8 1 + κ ^ ( M ) } ⋅ ( L + log ( 2 + κ ^ ( M )) ) ) many linear system solves, and in addition the running time of O ( log ( 2 + κ ^ ( M ) ) ) O(\log(2+\hat{\kappa}(M))) O ( log ( 2 + κ ^ ( M ))) linear programs of the form M x + q = s Mx+q=s M x + q = s , x , s ≥ 0 n x,s \geq0_n x , s ≥ 0 n , x = 0 I x=0_I x = 0 I , s = 0 J s=0_J s = 0 J for some I , J ⊆ [ n ] I,J \subseteq[n] I , J ⊆ [ n ] .
In contrast with the more sophisticated IPM algorithms developed over the past decades, our result uses standard Newton steps, for which we provide a significantly stronger analysis. Analyzing convergence in the Euclidean norm naturally leads to linear κ ^ ( M ) + 1 \hat{\kappa}(M)+1 κ ^ ( M ) + 1 dependence. We show that one can choose a changing weighted norm in which the relevant matrices have norm bounded independently of κ ^ ( M ) \hat{\kappa}(M) κ ^ ( M ) . Moreover, these weights can be chosen to remain bounded by O ( 1 + κ ^ ( M ) ) O(\sqrt{1+\hat{\kappa}(M)}) O ( 1 + κ ^ ( M ) ) and to change smoothly under Newton steps. This combination allows us to exploit Newton’s method much more effectively, yielding the improved square-root dependence. We emphasize that these weights only appear in the analysis.
The construction relies on a remarkable theorem of Rump [66 , 67 ] , relating the sign-real spectral radius of a matrix to the maximum geometric mean of products of entries of the matrix along directed cycles. While Rump established a strong connection between the sign-real spectral radius and P \mathcal{P} P -matrices (see Theorem 7.1), as far as we are aware, these tools have not been used in the P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_{\star} P ⋆ -LCP IPM literature. By interpreting the Newton matrix as a weighted directed graph, we obtain the required diagonal scaling from maximum product paths. Proving that these weights remain stable as the iterates change requires additional combinatorial arguments that are central to our analysis.
New hardness results. It is natural to ask for the complexity status of recognizing P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_\star P ⋆ -matrices and computing the handicap number. Recognizing P \mathcal{P} P -matrices is known to be coNP-complete [Cox94]. Recognizing row sufficient (and thus, column sufficient) matrices, as well as recognizing P 0 \mathcal{P}_0 P 0 -matrices, is also shown to be coNP-complete [77 ] . However, these do not imply the complexity status of recognizing sufficient matrices, which remains an open problem despite the wide belief that it is coNP-complete.1 Our next theorem settles this problem, by proving an even stronger statement: it is coNP-hard to recognize any class of matrices P ~ \widetilde{\mathcal{P}} P between P \mathcal{P} P and P 0 \mathcal{P}_0 P 0 .
Theorem 1.3. For any matrix class P ~ \widetilde{\mathcal{P}} P such that P ⊆ P ~ ⊆ P 0 \mathcal{P} \subseteq\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} \subseteq\mathcal{P}_0 P ⊆ P ⊆ P 0 , deciding if M ∈ Q n × n M \in\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ Q n × n is in P ~ \widetilde{\mathcal{P}} P is coNP-hard. In particular, deciding if M ∈ Q n × n M \in\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ Q n × n is in P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_\star P ⋆ is coNP-complete.
Interestingly, the proof also relies heavily on the notion of sign-real spectral radius. For any M ∈ Q n × n M \in\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ Q n × n , we can construct a matrix M ~ ∈ Q n × n \widetilde{M} \in\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ Q n × n such that M ~ ∈ P ~ \widetilde{M} \in\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} M ∈ P if and only if M ∈ P M \in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P , through the characterization of P \mathcal{P} P -matrix in terms of the sign-real spectral radius (Theorem 7.4 ). Then the result follows as a consequence of coNP-completeness of recognizing P \mathcal{P} P -matrices.
Given a promise that a matrix is sufficient, computing its handicap number is still considered to be difficult. As shown in [14 , 17 ] , it can grow exponentially with the matrix dimension. It was only recently proven that the logarithm of the handicap number can be polynomially bounded in the encoding length [19 ] . The best known algorithm to compute handicap number remains Väliaho’s recursive algorithm [82 ] through enumeration over principal submatrices of principal pivot transforms, which is exponential.
Our next result shows approximation hardness of computing the handicap number of an upper triangular matrix. Recall that in the Max-Cut problem, the input is an undirected graph G = ( V , E ) G = (V, E) G = ( V , E ) , and the goal is to find a subset S ⊆ V S \subseteq V S ⊆ V maximizing the number of edges between S S S and V ∖ S V \setminus S V ∖ S .
Theorem 1.4. A polynomial-time multiplicative α \alpha α -approximation for 1 + 4 κ ^ ( M ) 1 + 4\widehat{\kappa}(M) 1 + 4 κ ( M ) , restricted to upper triangular matrices M ∈ P ∩ Q n × n M \in\mathcal{P} \cap\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ P ∩ Q n × n , implies a polynomial-time multiplicative α \alpha α -approximation for Max-Cut .
As shown in [36 ] , Max-Cut cannot be approximated by a factor better than the reciprocal of the approximation ratio ≈ 0.878 \approx0.878 ≈ 0.878 of the Goemans–Williamson algorithm [26 ] , assuming the Unique Games Conjecture.2 It is also known that approximating by a factor better than 17 / 16 17/16 17/16 is NP-hard [28 , 78 ] . We prove our result by giving a construction of an upper triangular P \mathcal{P} P -matrix M G M_G M G that embeds the incidence matrix of a general connected graph G G G , such that 1 + 4\widehat{\kappa}(M_G) = 4\maxcut(G) . Our proof is motivated by the connection between the sign-real spectral radius and Max-Cut. Rump showed [66 ] that the quantity max s 1 , s 2 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n s 1 T M s 2 \max_{s_1,s_2 \in\{-1,1\}^n} s_1^{\mathsf T}Ms_2 max s 1 , s 2 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n s 1 T M s 2 coincides with the square of the sign-real spectral radius of a matrix that embeds M M M , and it was established by Poljak and Rohn [59 ] that Max-Cut can be reduced to computing max s 1 , s 2 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n s 1 T M s 2 \max_{s_1,s_2 \in\{-1,1\}^n} s_1^{\mathsf T}Ms_2 max s 1 , s 2 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n s 1 T M s 2 for some integer matrix M M M . Our construction directly relates the Max-Cut problem to the handicap number of P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_\star P ⋆ -matrices. Finding efficient approximation algorithms, or establishing stronger inapproximability results is left for future work.
Further related work
The first polynomial time IPM for solving monotone LCPs was given by Kojima, Mizuno and Yoshise [39 ] , followed by further algorithms including [15 , 40 , 86 , 85 ] . The book by Kojima, Megiddo, Noma, and Yoshise [38 ] discussed above extended these methods for P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_\star P ⋆ -LCP. Subsequent work developed faster path-following methods, different proximity measures, and predictor-corrector IPMs. In particular, Miao [50 ] established an O ~ ( ( 1 + κ ) n ) \widetilde{O}((1+\kappa)\sqrt{n}) O (( 1 + κ ) n ) iteration bound, by an extension of Mizuno-Todd-Ye predictor-corrector algorithm [51 ] . Potra and Sheng [62 , 63 ] developed variants with infeasible starting point. Potra and Liu [56 , 43 ] introduced wide neighborhood algorithms which do not require the explicit handicap number as input. Peng, Roos, and Terlaky [60 , 61 ] developed IPMs that use more general barrier functions called self-regular kernel functions, and used these to derive long-step IPMs for P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_\star P ⋆ -LCP nearly matching the above bound. Lesaja and Roos [44 ] extended the analysis for a broader class of eligible kernel functions. Darvay [10 ] introduced the algebraic equivalent transformation technique for LP, a certain reparametrization of the central path. This has been extended for P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_\star P ⋆ -LCP in a series of work, e.g., [18 , 13 ] . The recent paper [11 ] presents a unified analysis of such algorithms. P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_\star P ⋆ -LCP has been extended to weighted linear complementarity problems by Potra [57 , 58 ] , see also [16 ] . Despite considerable progress in algorithm design and convergence analysis, the best general handicap dependence in all these works remained linear.
Sufficient matrices were introduced in [9 ] . Characterizations were given by Cottle and Guu in [4 , 24 ] , in particular, the latter paper conjectured that this class equals P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_{\star} P ⋆ . This was shown by Väliaho [81 ] , see also [82 ] and [80 ] for further properties and characterizations. The sign-real spectral radius of a matrix, which plays a key role in our work, was further studied by Rump [67 , 68 , 69 ] .
E.-Nagy and Végh [19 ] introduced the optimized handicap number κ ^ ⋆ ( M ) \hat{\kappa}^{\star}(M) κ ^ ⋆ ( M ) that is the best achievable value of κ ^ ( D M ) \hat{\kappa}(DM) κ ^ ( D M ) under a diagonal rescaling of the rows, and showed that LCP ( M , q ) \operatorname{LCP}(M,q) LCP ( M , q ) can be solved in poly ( n , L , κ ^ ⋆ ( M ) ) \operatorname{poly}(n,L,\hat{\kappa}^{\star}(M)) poly ( n , L , κ ^ ⋆ ( M )) , with linear dependence on κ ^ ⋆ ( M ) \hat{\kappa}^{\star}(M) κ ^ ⋆ ( M ) . The algorithm uses the ellipsoid method with an IPM used as a cutting plane; replacing this by Algorithm 3 used in the proof of Theorem 1.2 yields 1 + κ ^ ⋆ ( M ) \sqrt{1+\hat{\kappa}^{\star}(M)} 1 + κ ^ ⋆ ( M ) dependence (albeit with higher polynomial terms).
In the context of Theorem 1.4 on approximation hardness of the handicap number, it is worth noting that for some other matrix condition measures relevant in optimization, significantly stronger inapproximability results are known. The smallest absolute value subdeterminant [35 ] , the Dikin–Stewart–Todd condition number χ ˉ M \bar{\chi}_{M} χ ˉ M [79 ] , and the circuit imbalance measure [12 ] cannot be approximated by a factor better than 2 poly ( n ) 2^{\operatorname{poly}(n)} 2 poly ( n ) , and the maximum subdeterminant by a factor better than 2 O ( n ) 2^{O(n)} 2 O ( n ) . It remains an interesting open question whether even log ( 2 + κ ^ ( M ) ) \log(2+\hat{\kappa}(M)) log ( 2 + κ ^ ( M )) remains similarly hard to approximate.
Among the applications of P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_{\star} P ⋆ -LCP, we give a non-comprehensive overview of algorithms for discounted stochastic games, introduced by Shapley in 1953 [72 ] . Zwick and Paterson also reduced mean payoff games to this problem [87 ] . As mentioned, it was formulated as a P \mathcal{P} P -LCP by Jurdzinski and Savani [34 ] . Hansen, Miltersen and Zwick [31 ] showed that Howard’s policy iteration algorithm terminates in O ( m 1 − γ log n 1 − γ ) O\left(\frac{m}{1-\gamma}\log\frac{n}{1-\gamma}\right) O ( 1 − γ m log 1 − γ n ) iterations for n n n states and m m m actions, each iteration requiring the solution of a Markov Decision Process LP. Independently from the discount factor, Halman [27 ] gave the first randomized subexponential algorithm, with the current best e O ( n log ( m / n ) ) e^{O(\sqrt{n\log(m/n)})} e O ( n l o g ( m / n ) ) by Zwick [88 ] . Very recently, quasipolynomial algorithms were announced by Soleymani and Farina [71 ] and by an AI company [53 ] . Using the handicap bound κ = O ( n / ( 1 − γ ) 2 ) \kappa=O(n/(1-\gamma)^2) κ = O ( n / ( 1 − γ ) 2 ) from [29 ] , our algorithm has running time O ( n 1.625 L / ( 1 − γ ) ) O(n^{1.625}L/(1-\gamma)) O ( n 1.625 L / ( 1 − γ )) many linear system solves.
Roadmap
The rest of this paper is organized as follows.
Section 2 – we cover preliminaries, such as notation, basic properties of P ⋆ ( κ ) \mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) -matrices, and their relation to combinatorial properties of directed graphs.
Section 5 – we introduce Rump weights, and use them to analyze the same algorithm in a changing weighted norm. We show that Newton’s method converges in this norm, improving the dependence on the handicap number from linear to square root.
Section 8 – we show how to initialize the IPM, recover an exact solution, and run the algorithm without prior knowledge of κ ^ ( M ) \hat{\kappa}(M) κ ^ ( M ) , and complete the proof of Theorem 1.2.
Preliminaries
Notation
Vectors and matrices. For n ∈ N n \in\mathbb{N} n ∈ N , we let [ n ] : = { 1 , 2 , … , n } [n]:=\{1,2,\ldots,n\} [ n ] := { 1 , 2 , … , n } . We write 0 n 0_n 0 n and 1 n 1_n 1 n for the all-zero and all-ones vectors of dimension n n n , respectively, and I n I_n I n for the n × n n \times n n × n identity matrix. For i ∈ [ n ] i \in[n] i ∈ [ n ] , we use e i e_i e i to denote the unit vector at i i i i.e. ( e i ) i = 1 (e_i)_i=1 ( e i ) i = 1 and ( e i ) j = 0 (e_i)_j=0 ( e i ) j = 0 for j ≠ i j \ne i j = i . Scalar operations on vectors are interpreted coordinate-wise whenever this is clear from context, and ⟨ x , y ⟩ \langle x,y\rangle ⟨ x , y ⟩ denotes the inner product x T y x^{\mathsf{T}}y x T y for x , y ∈ R n x,y \in\mathbb{R}^{n} x , y ∈ R n . We write X : = diag ( x ) X:=\operatorname{diag}(x) X := diag ( x ) to be the diagonal matrix with X i i = x i X_{ii}=x_i X ii = x i for any vector x x x . The sets of n × n n \times n n × n positive and nonnegative diagonal matrices are denoted by D > 0 n D_{>0}^n D > 0 n and D ≥ 0 n D_{\geq0}^n D ≥ 0 n , respectively. A symmetric matrix A ∈ R n × n A \in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} A ∈ R n × n is positive semidefinite, written A ⪰ 0 n A \succeq0_n A ⪰ 0 n , if x ⊤ A x ≥ 0 x^\top A x \geq0 x ⊤ A x ≥ 0 for all x ∈ R n x \in\mathbb{R}^n x ∈ R n . A matrix satisfying this inequality is called monotone, whether or not it is symmetric. For matrices with rational entries A ∈ Q m × n A \in\mathbb{Q}^{m\times n} A ∈ Q m × n , we let length ( A ) \operatorname{length}(A) length ( A ) denote the total encoding length of A A A . For i ∈ [ n ] i \in[n] i ∈ [ n ] and A ∈ R n × n A \in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} A ∈ R n × n , we use A ∙ i ∈ R n A_{\bullet i} \in\mathbb{R}^n A ∙ i ∈ R n to denote the i i i th column of A A A , and A i ∙ A_{i\bullet} A i ∙ to denote the i i i th row of $A, respectively.
For x , y ∈ R n x,y \in\mathbb{R}^n x , y ∈ R n , we denote the Hadamard product as x y = diag ( x ) y = ( x i y i ) i ∈ [ n ] xy=\operatorname{diag}(x)y=(x_i y_i)_{i\in[n]} x y = diag ( x ) y = ( x i y i ) i ∈ [ n ] , and sometimes write x ∘ y x \circ y x ∘ y for clarity. Similarly x p x^p x p , for p ∈ Z p \in\mathbb{Z} p ∈ Z , x \sqrt{x} x , and x / y x/y x / y are used for vectors x ∈ R n x \in\mathbb{R}^n x ∈ R n pointwise. For x ∈ R n x \in\mathbb{R}^n x ∈ R n , and p ∈ Z ≥ 1 ∪ { ∞ } p \in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq1}\cup\{\infty\} p ∈ Z ≥ 1 ∪ { ∞ } , we use ∥ x ∥ p \lVert x\rVert_p ∥ x ∥ p to denote the ℓ p \ell_p ℓ p -norm. Whenever clear from the context we denote the ℓ 2 \ell_2 ℓ 2 -norm simply as ∥ x ∥ \lVert x\rVert ∥ x ∥ .
Operator norms and vector norms. Any norm ∥ ⋅ ∥ \lVert\cdot\rVert ∥ ⋅ ∥ on R n \mathbb{R}^n R n induces the operator norm ∥ A ∥ = max x ≠ 0 ∥ A x ∥ ∥ x ∥ \lVert A\rVert=\max_{x\ne0}\frac{\lVert Ax\rVert}{\lVert x\rVert} ∥ A ∥ = max x = 0 ∥ x ∥ ∥ A x ∥ on R n × n \mathbb{R}^{n\times n} R n × n . More generally, we write ∥ A ∥ p → q = max x ≠ 0 ∥ A x ∥ q ∥ x ∥ p \lVert A\rVert_{p\to q}=\max_{x\ne0}\frac{\lVert Ax\rVert_q}{\lVert x\rVert_p} ∥ A ∥ p → q = max x = 0 ∥ x ∥ p ∥ A x ∥ q for the induced ℓ p → ℓ q \ell_p\to\ell_q ℓ p → ℓ q norm. Additionally, we use ∥ A ∥ max \lVert A\rVert_{\max} ∥ A ∥ m a x to denote the maximum absolute value of the entries of A A A .
Feasibility and centrality. Let F ( M , q ) ⊆ R ≥ 0 2 n \mathcal{F}(M,q)\subseteq\mathbb{R}_{\geq0}^{2n} F ( M , q ) ⊆ R ≥ 0 2 n denote the linear feasible region of LCP$(M,q)$ and F > 0 ( M , q ) ⊆ R > 0 2 n \mathcal{F}_{>0}(M,q)\subseteq\mathbb{R}_{>0}^{2n} F > 0 ( M , q ) ⊆ R > 0 2 n denote the set of positive feasible solutions, that is,
F ( M , q ) : = { ( x , s ) ∈ R ≥ 0 2 n : s = M x + q } , F > 0 ( M , q ) = F ( M , q ) ∩ R > 0 2 n . \mathcal{F}(M,q):=\{(x,s)\in\mathbb{R}_{\geq0}^{2n}:s=Mx+q\},\qquad\mathcal{F}_{>0}(M,q)=\mathcal{F}(M,q)\cap\mathbb{R}_{>0}^{2n}. F ( M , q ) := {( x , s ) ∈ R ≥ 0 2 n : s = M x + q } , F > 0 ( M , q ) = F ( M , q ) ∩ R > 0 2 n .
Whenever clear from the context, we simply write F = F ( M , q ) \mathcal{F}=\mathcal{F}(M,q) F = F ( M , q ) and F > 0 = F > 0 ( M , q ) \mathcal{F}_{>0}=\mathcal{F}_{>0}(M,q) F > 0 = F > 0 ( M , q ) . We call ( x , s ) ∈ F ( M , q ) (x,s)\in\mathcal{F}(M,q) ( x , s ) ∈ F ( M , q ) a feasible solution . A solution to LCP$(M,q)$ is called a complementary feasible solution or an LCP solution . Interestingly, for row sufficient matrices, LCP$(M,q)$ is solvable if and only if F ( M , q ) ≠ ∅ \mathcal{F}(M,q)\ne\varnothing F ( M , q ) = ∅ .3 This can be derived from the LCP duality theorem [22 ] , see [32 ] , as well as [8 Section 3.5] .
Theorem 2.1. Let M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n be row sufficient and q ∈ R n q\in\mathbb{R}^n q ∈ R n . Then, the problem LCP$(M,q)$ has a complementary solution if and only if F ( M , q ) ≠ ∅ \mathcal{F}(M,q)\ne\varnothing F ( M , q ) = ∅ .
The central path is defined as the set
C P : = { ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 , x i s i = x ⊤ s n , ∀ i ∈ [ n ] } . \mathrm{CP}:=\left\{(x,s)\in\mathcal{F}_{>0},\ x_i s_i=\frac{x^\top s}{n},\ \forall i\in[n]\right\}. CP := { ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 , x i s i = n x ⊤ s , ∀ i ∈ [ n ] } .
For ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 (x,s)\in\mathcal{F}_{>0} ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 and μ > 0 \mu>0 μ > 0 , the centrality error vector of ( x , s , μ ) (x,s,\mu) ( x , s , μ ) is defined as
err ( x , s , μ ) : = 1 n − x s μ . (4) \operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu):=\mathbf{1}_n-\frac{xs}{\mu}. \tag*{(4)} err ( x , s , μ ) := 1 n − μ x s . (4)
For β ≥ 0 \beta\geq0 β ≥ 0 , we define the ℓ 2 \ell_2 ℓ 2 -neighborhood of the central path as
N 2 ( β ) : = { ( x , s , μ ) : ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 , μ ∈ R > 0 , ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ β } . \mathcal{N}^2(\beta):=\{(x,s,\mu):(x,s)\in\mathcal{F}_{>0},\ \mu\in\mathbb{R}_{>0},\ \lVert\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_2\leq\beta\}. N 2 ( β ) := {( x , s , μ ) : ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 , μ ∈ R > 0 , ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ β } .
Background on P P P -, P ⋆ P_{\star} P ⋆ - and P 0 P_0 P 0 -matrices
We recall that M ∈ P ⋆ M\in P_{\star} M ∈ P ⋆ if M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M\in P_{\star}(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) for some κ ≥ 0 \kappa\geq0 κ ≥ 0 , that is,
( 1 + 4 κ ) ∑ i ∈ I M + ( x ) x i ( M x ) i + ∑ i ∈ I M − ( x ) x i ( M x ) i ≥ 0. (1+4\kappa)\sum_{i\in I_M^+(x)}x_i(Mx)_i+\sum_{i\in I_M^-(x)}x_i(Mx)_i\geq0. ( 1 + 4 κ ) i ∈ I M + ( x ) ∑ x i ( M x ) i + i ∈ I M − ( x ) ∑ x i ( M x ) i ≥ 0.
The handicap number κ ^ ( M ) \widehat{\kappa}(M) κ ( M ) is the infimum of such κ \kappa κ for M ∈ P ⋆ M\in P_{\star} M ∈ P ⋆ , and ∞ \infty ∞ if and only if M ∉ P ⋆ M\notin P_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆ . The following lemma is immediate from the definition of handicap number.
Lemma 2.2. For any M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n M\in P_{\star}\cap\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n and D ∈ D > 0 n D\in D_{>0}^n D ∈ D > 0 n , κ ^ ( D M D ) = κ ^ ( M ) \widehat{\kappa}(DMD)=\widehat{\kappa}(M) κ ( D M D ) = κ ( M ) .
One can also consider the handicap number of M M M with respect to a particular vector x ∈ R n x\in\mathbb{R}^n x ∈ R n , defined as
κ ^ ( M , x ) : = { ∞ if x ⊤ M x < 0 and I M + ( x ) = ∅ , ∑ i ∈ I M − ( x ) x i ( M x ) i − 4 ∑ i ∈ I M + ( x ) x i ( M x ) i − 1 4 if x ⊤ M x < 0 and I M + ( x ) ≠ ∅ , 0 , if x ⊤ M x ≥ 0. (5) \widehat{\kappa}(M,x):=
\begin{cases}
\infty& \text{if }x^\top Mx<0\text{ and }I_M^+(x)=\varnothing,\\
\frac{\sum_{i\in I_M^-(x)}x_i(Mx)_i}{-4\sum_{i\in I_M^+(x)}x_i(Mx)_i}-\frac{1}{4} & \text{if }x^\top Mx<0\text{ and }I_M^+(x)\ne\varnothing,\\
0, & \text{if }x^\top Mx\geq0.
\end{cases} \tag*{(5)} κ ( M , x ) := ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ∞ − 4 ∑ i ∈ I M + ( x ) x i ( M x ) i ∑ i ∈ I M − ( x ) x i ( M x ) i − 4 1 0 , if x ⊤ M x < 0 and I M + ( x ) = ∅ , if x ⊤ M x < 0 and I M + ( x ) = ∅ , if x ⊤ M x ≥ 0. (5)
With this notation, we can equivalently write κ ^ ( M ) = sup x ∈ R n κ ^ ( M , x ) \hat{\kappa}(M)=\sup_{x\in\mathbb{R}^n}\hat{\kappa}(M,x) κ ^ ( M ) = sup x ∈ R n κ ^ ( M , x ) . In general, the supremum of κ ^ ( M , x ) \hat{\kappa}(M,x) κ ^ ( M , x ) may not be attained at any x x x , but it is the case for P P P -matrices, see [82 ] .
Recall that M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n is column sufficient if for all x ∈ R n x\in\mathbb{R}^n x ∈ R n , x ∘ ( M x ) ≤ 0 n x\circ(Mx)\leq\mathbf{0}_n x ∘ ( M x ) ≤ 0 n implies x ∘ ( M x ) = 0 n x\circ(Mx)=\mathbf{0}_n x ∘ ( M x ) = 0 n , and row sufficient if M T M^{\mathsf{T}} M T is column sufficient, and sufficient if both row and column sufficient. A fundamental result by Väliaho establishes the equivalence of P ⋆ P_\star P ⋆ and sufficient matrices:
Theorem 2.3 (Väliaho [81 ] ). A matrix M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n is sufficient if and only if M ∈ P ⋆ M\in P_\star M ∈ P ⋆ .
The following lemma considers the relations and properties of P P P , P ⋆ P_\star P ⋆ and P 0 P_0 P 0 -matrices; see [8 Chapter 3] .
Lemma 2.4. We have P ⊂ P ⋆ ⊂ P 0 P\subset P_\star\subset P_0 P ⊂ P ⋆ ⊂ P 0 . Further, M ∈ P 0 M\in P_0 M ∈ P 0 if and only if M + ε I n ∈ P M+\varepsilon I_n\in P M + ε I n ∈ P for any ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 . In particular, cl ( P ) = P 0 \operatorname{cl}(P)=P_0 cl ( P ) = P 0 . If M ∈ P M\in P M ∈ P , then M M M is invertible and M − 1 ∈ P M^{-1}\in P M − 1 ∈ P .
In particular, this justifies the invertibility in Theorem 1.1.
Corollary 2.5. For any M ∈ P 0 M\in P_0 M ∈ P 0 and D ∈ D > 0 n D\in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^n D ∈ D > 0 n , the matrix I n + D M D I_n+DMD I n + D M D is nonsingular.
The following theorem by Väliaho which was originally established through more involved arguments in [82 ] , now follows as a corollary of Theorem 1.1.
Theorem 2.6 (Väliaho [82 ] ). For any M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n M\in P_\star\cap\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n , we have M T ∈ P ⋆ M^{\mathsf{T}}\in P_\star M T ∈ P ⋆ , and κ ^ ( M ) = κ ^ ( M T ) \hat{\kappa}(M)=\hat{\kappa}(M^{\mathsf{T}}) κ ^ ( M ) = κ ^ ( M T ) .
Proof. Immediate from Theorem 1.1, noting that sup D ∈ D > 0 n ∥ ( I n + D M D ) − 1 ∥ 2 = sup D ∈ D > 0 n ∥ ( I n + D M T D ) − 1 ∥ 2 \sup_{D\in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^n}\lVert(I_n+DMD)^{-1}\rVert_2=\sup_{D\in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^n}\lVert(I_n+DM^{\mathsf{T}}D)^{-1}\rVert_2 sup D ∈ D > 0 n ∥( I n + D M D ) − 1 ∥ 2 = sup D ∈ D > 0 n ∥( I n + D M T D ) − 1 ∥ 2 .
Rump’s characterizations of the sign-real spectral radius
Here we provide preliminaries necessary for understanding and operating with Rump’s characterization of the largest in magnitude real eigenvalue of a sufficient matrix. Let S n ⊆ R n × n \mathcal{S}^n\subseteq\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} S n ⊆ R n × n denote the set of signature matrices i.e., diagonal matrices with diagonal entries ± 1 \pm1 ± 1 .
Definition 2.7. For M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n , its real spectral radius ρ ( M ) \rho(M) ρ ( M ) is defined to be the maximum absolute value of its real eigenvalues, or ρ ( M ) = 0 \rho(M)=0 ρ ( M ) = 0 if no real eigenvalue exists. The sign-real spectral radius of M M M is defined to be ρ 0 S ( M ) : = max S ∈ S n ρ ( S M ) \rho_0^{\mathcal{S}}(M):=\max_{S\in\mathcal{S}^n}\rho(SM) ρ 0 S ( M ) := max S ∈ S n ρ ( S M ) .
The following fundamental connection between sign-spectral radius and sufficient matrices is implied by Rump’s theorem [66 ] stated later as Theorem 7.4. We include the simple proof for completeness and for intuition.
Lemma 2.8. For A ∈ P 0 ∩ R n × n A\in P_0\cap\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} A ∈ P 0 ∩ R n × n , ρ 0 S ( ( I n + A ) − 1 ) ≤ 1 \rho_0^{\mathcal{S}}((I_n+A)^{-1})\leq1 ρ 0 S (( I n + A ) − 1 ) ≤ 1 .
Proof. For a contradiction, assume ρ 0 S ( ( I n + A ) − 1 ) = λ > 1 \rho_0^{\mathcal{S}}((I_n+A)^{-1})=\lambda>1 ρ 0 S (( I n + A ) − 1 ) = λ > 1 . Then there exists a diagonal S ∈ S n S\in\mathcal{S}^n S ∈ S n and v ∈ R n ∖ { 0 } v\in\mathbb{R}^n\setminus\{0\} v ∈ R n ∖ { 0 } such that S ( I n + A ) − 1 v = λ v S(I_n+A)^{-1}v=\lambda v S ( I n + A ) − 1 v = λ v . Equivalently, for v ′ = S v v'=Sv v ′ = S v one has that ( I n + A ) − 1 S v ′ = λ v ′ (I_n+A)^{-1}Sv'=\lambda v' ( I n + A ) − 1 S v ′ = λ v ′ . Thus, ( I n + A ) v ′ = 1 λ S v ′ (I_n+A)v'=\frac{1}{\lambda}Sv' ( I n + A ) v ′ = λ 1 S v ′ , that is, ( D + A ) v ′ = 0 (D+A)v'=0 ( D + A ) v ′ = 0 for D = I n − 1 λ S D=I_n-\frac{1}{\lambda}S D = I n − λ 1 S . But D D D is positive diagonal by the choice of λ \lambda λ , and therefore D + A = D 1 / 2 ( I n + D − 1 / 2 A D − 1 / 2 ) D 1 / 2 D+A=D^{1/2}(I_n+D^{-1/2}AD^{-1/2})D^{1/2} D + A = D 1/2 ( I n + D − 1/2 A D − 1/2 ) D 1/2 is nonsingular by Corollary 2.5 , a contradiction. □ \square □
A remarkable theorem by Rump relates the maximum absolute geometric cycle mean of a matrix to its sign-real spectral radius. In the context of matrices, a cycle takes the form C = ( i 1 , … , i ℓ , i ℓ + 1 = i 1 ) C=(i_1,\ldots,i_\ell,i_{\ell+1}=i_1) C = ( i 1 , … , i ℓ , i ℓ + 1 = i 1 ) , where i 1 , … , i ℓ i_1,\ldots,i_\ell i 1 , … , i ℓ are distinct integers in [ n ] [n] [ n ] , and it has length ∣ C ∣ = ℓ ≥ 1 |C|=\ell\geq1 ∣ C ∣ = ℓ ≥ 1 . Note that ℓ = 1 \ell=1 ℓ = 1 , in which case C = ( i , i ) C=(i,i) C = ( i , i ) for some i ∈ [ n ] i\in[n] i ∈ [ n ] , i.e., a loop, is allowed.
Definition 2.9. For a matrix M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n , we define the maximum absolute geometric cycle mean of M M M to be
ζ ( M ) : = max cycles C ( ∏ ( i , j ) ∈ C ∣ M i j ∣ ) 1 / ∣ C ∣ . \zeta(M):=\max_{\text{cycles }C}\left(\prod_{(i,j)\in C}|M_{ij}|\right)^{1/|C|}. ζ ( M ) := cycles C max ( i , j ) ∈ C ∏ ∣ M ij ∣ 1/∣ C ∣ .
Rump [66 ] proved that for any M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n , ζ ( M ) \zeta(M) ζ ( M ) is both upper bounded by a constant factor of ρ 0 S ( M ) \rho_0^{\mathcal{S}}(M) ρ 0 S ( M ) and lower bounded by a 1 / n 1/n 1/ n -factor of ρ 0 S ( M ) \rho_0^{\mathcal{S}}(M) ρ 0 S ( M ) , showing the close relation of these two quantities.
Theorem 2.10 ([66 Theorem 5.5] ). One has that
ζ ( M ) 3 + 2 2 ≤ ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ n ⋅ ζ ( M ) . \frac{\zeta(M)}{3+2\sqrt{2}}\leq\rho_0^{\mathcal{S}}(M)\leq n\cdot\zeta(M). 3 + 2 2 ζ ( M ) ≤ ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ n ⋅ ζ ( M ) .
Maximum mean cycles
We use the following well-known result from combinatorial optimization. This is the multiplicative version of Gallai’s characterization of graphs with no negative weight cycles [23 ] , see e.g. [1 Chapter 5] . Such a multiplicative version is commonly used in the context of generalized flows, see e.g. [76 ] for an early example, and also [1 Chapter 15] .
Theorem 2.11. Let G = ( V , E , ρ ) G=(V,E,\rho) G = ( V , E , ρ ) be a weighted directed graph, R ≥ 1 R\ge1 R ≥ 1 , such that the arc weights satisfy ρ ( i , j ) ∈ [ 0 , R ] \rho(i,j)\in[0,R] ρ ( i , j ) ∈ [ 0 , R ] for i ≠ j i\ne j i = j . Assume ∏ e ∈ E ( C ) ρ ( e ) ≤ 1 \prod_{e\in E(C)}\rho(e)\le1 ∏ e ∈ E ( C ) ρ ( e ) ≤ 1 for every directed cycle C C C . Let us define
π j : = max { ∏ e ∈ E ( P ) ρ ( e ) : P is a directed walk ending in j } , ∀ j ∈ V , (6) \pi_j:=\max\left\{\prod_{e\in E(P)}\rho(e):P\text{ is a directed walk ending in }j\right\},\quad\forall j\in V, \tag*{(6)} π j := max ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ e ∈ E ( P ) ∏ ρ ( e ) : P is a directed walk ending in j ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ , ∀ j ∈ V , (6) with the convention that the product is 1 1 1 for an empty walk. Then, π j \pi_j π j is well-defined, π j ∈ [ 1 , R ∣ V ∣ ] \pi_j\in[1,R^{|V|}] π j ∈ [ 1 , R ∣ V ∣ ] , and satisfies
π i ρ ( i , j ) ≤ π j ∀ ( i , j ) ∈ E . \pi_i\rho(i,j)\le\pi_j\quad\forall(i,j)\in E. π i ρ ( i , j ) ≤ π j ∀ ( i , j ) ∈ E . Moreover, π \pi π can be computed in time O ( ∣ V ∣ 3 ) O(|V|^3) O ( ∣ V ∣ 3 ) .
In the context of Theorem 2.10 , we get the following. We note that such rescalings have been independently introduced in the linear algebra context by Fiedler and Pták [21 ] , see also [30 ] .
Corollary 2.12. Let H ∈ R n × n H\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} H ∈ R n × n , with ζ ( H ) ≤ τ \zeta(H)\le\tau ζ ( H ) ≤ τ and ∣ H i i ∣ ≤ τ |H_{ii}|\le\tau ∣ H ii ∣ ≤ τ for all i ∈ [ n ] i\in[n] i ∈ [ n ] for some τ > 0 \tau>0 τ > 0 , and let q H q_H q H be the potential defined by q H ( i ) : = π i q_H(i):=\pi_i q H ( i ) := π i as in (6) for the weights ρ ( i , j ) : = ∣ H i j ∣ / τ \rho(i,j):=|H_{ij}|/\tau ρ ( i , j ) := ∣ H ij ∣/ τ . Then, for Q H = diag ( q H ) Q_H=\operatorname{diag}(q_H) Q H = diag ( q H ) , it holds that ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ max ≤ τ \lVert Q_HHQ_H^{-1}\rVert_{\max}\le\tau ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ m a x ≤ τ . Moreover, for every q H ( i ) q_H(i) q H ( i ) value, the optimum in (6) is taken along a simple path.
Overview of approach
Here we provide an overview of our overall approach. We split our approach for solving P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_{\star} P ⋆ -LCP into two parts. In § 3.1 we describe a basic IPM which converges in time proportional to the handicap number κ ^ ( M ) \hat{\kappa}(M) κ ^ ( M ) , and we highlight the obstacles that prevent us from achieving faster convergence. In § 3.2 we show how Rump’s theorem (Theorem 2.10) asserts the existence of a positive diagonal similarity rescaling Q Q Q of a sufficient matrix M M M , which forces the inverse of I n + Q M Q − 1 I_n+QMQ^{-1} I n + QM Q − 1 to have entries bounded by a constant. This gives a good local step for the IPM, which motivates the introduction of a weighted norm to measure IPM progress. This is followed by § 3.3 in which we outline our strategy to prove the stability of Q Q Q as the iterates change in the IPM.
We also highlight the key steps for the two hardness results. In § 3.4 we describe how Rump’s characterization of P \mathcal{P} P -matrix through sign-real spectral radius gives a procedure of generating a matrix M ~ \widetilde{M} M for any given matrix M M M so that M ∈ P M\in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P if and only if M ~ ∈ P ⋆ \widetilde{M}\in\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ P ⋆ . After that, we introduce our construction that directly relates the handicap number to the max cut problem.
Basic IPM overview
Throughout, let us assume M ∈ P κ ^ M\in\mathcal{P}_{\hat{\kappa}} M ∈ P κ ^ . The key to any IPM lies in maintaining a coupling between variables x x x and slacks s = M x + q s=Mx+q s = M x + q that allows for a quick reduction in the complementarity gap. In a standard path-following IPM, we attempt to maintain the invariant
x ( M x + q ) = μ 1 n x(Mx+q)=\mu\mathbf{1}_n x ( M x + q ) = μ 1 n
with x , s > 0 x,s>0 x , s > 0 , for a quickly decreasing centrality parameter μ \mu μ . We call x x x a μ \mu μ -central solution. To do so, we leverage a recentering procedure which, starting from an iterate x x x that satisfies x ( M x + q ) = w x(Mx+q)=w x ( M x + q ) = w , for some generic w ∈ R > 0 n w\in\mathbb{R}^{n}_{>0} w ∈ R > 0 n , updates x → x + Δ x x\to x+\Delta x x → x + Δ x in an attempt to restore centrality:
( x + Δ x ) ( M ( x + Δ x ) + q ) ≈ μ 1 n . (7) (x+\Delta x)(M(x+\Delta x)+q)\approx\mu\mathbf{1}_n. \tag*{(7)} ( x + Δ x ) ( M ( x + Δ x ) + q ) ≈ μ 1 n . (7)
To find a good update direction, one may simply linearize the left-hand side of (7) in Δ x \Delta x Δ x . In our method, we use a modified Newton step, replacing diag ( w ) \operatorname{diag}(w) diag ( w ) by μ I n \mu I_n μ I n in this linearization. This gives the linear system
( μ I n + X M X ) Δ x x = μ 1 n − w . (\mu I_n+XMX)\frac{\Delta x}{x}=\mu\mathbf{1}_n-w. ( μ I n + X M X ) x Δ x = μ 1 n − w .
To see how this makes progress, we can explicitly calculate the new centrality error by directly expanding
( x + Δ x ) ( M ( x + Δ x ) + q ) − μ 1 n = ( 1 n + Δ x x ) ( w + X M Δ x ) − μ 1 n = ( 1 n + Δ x x ) μ 1 n ( 1 n − Δ x x ) − μ 1 n = − μ 1 n ( Δ x x ) 2 . (x+\Delta x)(M(x+\Delta x)+q)-\mu1_n=\left(1_n+\frac{\Delta x}{x}\right)(w+XM\Delta x)-\mu1_n
=\left(1_n+\frac{\Delta x}{x}\right)\mu1_n\left(1_n-\frac{\Delta x}{x}\right)-\mu1_n
=-\mu1_n\left(\frac{\Delta x}{x}\right)^2. ( x + Δ x ) ( M ( x + Δ x ) + q ) − μ 1 n = ( 1 n + x Δ x ) ( w + X M Δ x ) − μ 1 n = ( 1 n + x Δ x ) μ 1 n ( 1 n − x Δ x ) − μ 1 n = − μ 1 n ( x Δ x ) 2 .
Thus, recalling (4) , the centrality error vector changes from err : = 1 n − w μ \operatorname{err}:=1_n-\frac{w}{\mu} err := 1 n − μ w to
err ′ = ( Δ x x ) 2 = ( ( I n + 1 μ X M X ) − 1 err ) 2 . (8) \operatorname{err}'=\left(\frac{\Delta x}{x}\right)^2=\left(\left(I_n+\frac{1}{\mu}XMX\right)^{-1}\operatorname{err}\right)^2. \tag*{(8)} err ′ = ( x Δ x ) 2 = ( ( I n + μ 1 X M X ) − 1 err ) 2 . (8)
The same expansion shows that the update preserves ( x + Δ x , M ( x + Δ x ) + q ) ∈ F > 0 (x+\Delta x,M(x+\Delta x)+q)\in\mathcal{F}_{>0} ( x + Δ x , M ( x + Δ x ) + q ) ∈ F > 0 whenever ∥ Δ x / x ∥ ∞ < 1 \|\Delta x/x\|_{\infty}<1 ∥Δ x / x ∥ ∞ < 1 . Equation (8) captures the quadratic convergence of Newton’s method, by showing that error contracts very quickly, provided it was small enough to begin with. For example, if M M M is monotone, then ∥ err ′ ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ err ∥ 2 2 \|\operatorname{err}'\|_2\leq\|\operatorname{err}\|_2^2 ∥ err ′ ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ err ∥ 2 2 , so error quickly contracts towards 0 if we start with ∥ err ∥ 2 ≤ 1 / 2 \|\operatorname{err}\|_2\leq1/2 ∥ err ∥ 2 ≤ 1/2 .
While this inequality need not hold for a general P ⋆ P_{\star} P ⋆ matrix, Theorem 1.1 bounds the operator norm of the inverse appearing in (8) by O ( 1 + κ ) O(\sqrt{1+\kappa}) O ( 1 + κ ) . This, therefore, leads to the following error contraction:
∥ err ′ ∥ 2 2 = ∥ ( I n + 1 μ X M X ) − 1 err ∥ 4 4 ≤ ∥ ( I n + 1 μ X M X ) − 1 err ∥ 2 2 ≤ ∥ ( I n + 1 μ X M X ) − 1 ∥ 2 2 ∥ err ∥ 2 2 ≤ O ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ∥ 2 2 . \begin{aligned}
\|\operatorname{err}'\|_2^2=\left\|\left(I_n+\frac{1}{\mu}XMX\right)^{-1}\operatorname{err}\right\|_4^4\leq\left\|\left(I_n+\frac{1}{\mu}XMX\right)^{-1}\operatorname{err}\right\|_2^2 \\
&\leq\left\|\left(I_n+\frac{1}{\mu}XMX\right)^{-1}\right\|_2^2\|\operatorname{err}\|_2^2\leq O(1+\kappa)\|\operatorname{err}\|_2^2.
\end{aligned} ∥ err ′ ∥ 2 2 = ( I n + μ 1 X M X ) − 1 err 4 4 ≤ ( I n + μ 1 X M X ) − 1 err 2 2 ≤ ( I n + μ 1 X M X ) − 1 2 2 ∥ err ∥ 2 2 ≤ O ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ∥ 2 2 .
Thus, if initially ∥ err ∥ 2 ≤ c / ( 1 + κ ) \|\operatorname{err}\|_2\leq c/(1+\kappa) ∥ err ∥ 2 ≤ c / ( 1 + κ ) for a sufficiently small absolute constant c > 0 c>0 c > 0 , repeated Newton steps quickly contract the error toward zero.
With this in mind, we can see how the handicap number affects the convergence. Imagine that x x x is a μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 -central point, and we want to use Newton’s method initialized at x x x to approach a μ = μ 0 / ( 1 + δ ) \mu=\mu_0/(1+\delta) μ = μ 0 / ( 1 + δ ) -central point, for some preferably large δ > 0 \delta>0 δ > 0 . As soon as we lower the target to μ \mu μ , the centrality error becomes err = 1 n − μ 0 μ 1 n = − δ 1 n \operatorname{err}=1_n-\frac{\mu_0}{\mu}1_n=-\delta1_n err = 1 n − μ μ 0 1 n = − δ 1 n . To guarantee contraction via the preceding argument, it is enough to require ∥ err ∥ 2 = δ n 1 / 2 ≤ c / ( 1 + κ ) \|\operatorname{err}\|_2=\delta n^{1/2}\leq c/(1+\kappa) ∥ err ∥ 2 = δ n 1/2 ≤ c / ( 1 + κ ) . Thus, this analysis permits δ = c / ( n ( 1 + κ ) ) \delta=c/(\sqrt{n}(1+\kappa)) δ = c / ( n ( 1 + κ )) , recovering the classical O ~ ( n ( 1 + κ ) ) \widetilde{O}(\sqrt{n}(1+\kappa)) O ( n ( 1 + κ )) iteration bound. A complete analysis is provided in Section 4.
Improving the convergence analysis via Rump weights
The preceding analysis appears to make it difficult to improve the dependence on κ \kappa κ . The quadratic estimate only guarantees convergence within a small neighborhood of the central path, which limits how far we can advance in one step. However, a major limitation lies in the bound we use on ∥ ( I n + 1 μ X M X ) − 1 ∥ \|(I_n+\frac{1}{\mu}XMX)^{-1}\| ∥ ( I n + μ 1 X M X ) − 1 ∥ . The bound in Theorem 1.1 concerns the worst-case scaling X X X of the input matrix M M M . When we take a Newton step, its permissible length is determined by the current iterate x x x , not the worst case one. This suggests measuring error contraction using the current local scaling of M M M , rather than only the (global) handicap number.
While this does not give a priori reason to yield any faster convergence, we notice that a remarkable theorem of Rump (Theorem 2.10, c.f. [66 ] ) asserts the existence of a similarity rescaling of H = ( I n + 1 μ X M X ) − 1 H=(I_n+\frac{1}{\mu}XMX)^{-1} H = ( I n + μ 1 X M X ) − 1 by a positive diagonal Q H = diag ( q H ) Q_H=\operatorname{diag}(q_H) Q H = diag ( q H ) which makes all of its entries bounded by a constant in absolute value.
This suggests changing the metric used to measure centrality error so that the contraction depends on ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ 2 \|Q_HHQ_H^{-1}\|_2 ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ 2 rather than on ∥ H ∥ 2 \|H\|_2 ∥ H ∥ 2 . By defining an appropriate local norm ∥ Q H x ∥ 2 \|Q_Hx\|_2 ∥ Q H x ∥ 2 we can obtain a local convergence rate that is completely independent of the handicap number. We call the entries of q H q_H q H Rump weights , and the resulting norm the Rump norm .
Following the same idea as before, let us see how the error changes after a Newton step when measured in Rump norm. Assuming q H ≥ 1 n q_H \ge1_n q H ≥ 1 n entry-wise, we have
∥ Q H e r r ′ ∥ 2 2 = ∥ Q H ( H e r r ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ n 1 / 2 ∥ Q H H e r r ∥ ∞ 2 = n 1 / 2 ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ⋅ Q H e r r ∥ ∞ 2 ≤ n 1 / 2 ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ 2 → ∞ 2 ∥ Q H e r r ∥ 2 2 ≤ O ( n 3 / 2 ) ⋅ ∥ Q H e r r ∥ 2 2 . (9) \begin{aligned}
\lVert Q_H\mathrm{err}'\rVert_2^2 &= \lVert Q_H(H\mathrm{err})^2\rVert_2 \\
&\le n^{1/2}\lVert Q_HH\mathrm{err}\rVert_\infty^2 \\
&= n^{1/2}\lVert Q_HHQ_H^{-1}\cdot Q_H\mathrm{err}\rVert_\infty^2 \\
&\le n^{1/2}\lVert Q_HHQ_H^{-1}\rVert_{2\to\infty}^2\lVert Q_H\mathrm{err}\rVert_2^2 \\
&\le O(n^{3/2})\cdot\lVert Q_H\mathrm{err}\rVert_2^2. \tag*{(9)}
\end{aligned} ∥ Q H err ′ ∥ 2 2 = ∥ Q H ( H err ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ n 1/2 ∥ Q H H err ∥ ∞ 2 = n 1/2 ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ⋅ Q H err ∥ ∞ 2 ≤ n 1/2 ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ 2 → ∞ 2 ∥ Q H err ∥ 2 2 ≤ O ( n 3/2 ) ⋅ ∥ Q H err ∥ 2 2 . (9)
where the last inequality follows from ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ 2 → ∞ = O ( n 1 / 2 ) \lVert Q_HHQ_H^{-1}\rVert_{2\to\infty}=O(n^{1/2}) ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ 2 → ∞ = O ( n 1/2 ) because Q H H Q H − 1 Q_HHQ_H^{-1} Q H H Q H − 1 has all entries bounded by an absolute constant. This gives quadratic contraction in the current weighted norm with no handicap dependence in the coefficient as long as ∥ Q H e r r ∥ 2 = O ( 1 / n 3 / 2 ) \lVert Q_H\mathrm{err}\rVert_2=O(1/n^{3/2}) ∥ Q H err ∥ 2 = O ( 1/ n 3/2 ) .
There are two remaining challenges.
First, the Rump weights depend on the matrix H H H corresponding to the current iterate x x x and target μ \mu μ . As x x x changes to x ′ x' x ′ , the matrix changes to H ′ H' H ′ , and the relevant weights change to q H ′ q_{H'} q H ′ . We need to show that this change does not undo the contraction in (9) . Indeed, in Lemma 5.7 we show that there exist Rump weights which are sufficiently stable under Newton steps in the sense that q H ′ ≤ 2 q H q_{H'}\le2q_H q H ′ ≤ 2 q H , so that following (9) while changing from Q H Q_H Q H to Q H ′ Q_{H'} Q H ′ , the inequality ∥ Q H ′ e r r ′ ∥ 2 ≤ O ( n 3 / 2 ) ∥ Q H e r r ∥ 2 2 \lVert Q_{H'}\mathrm{err}'\rVert_2\le O(n^{3/2})\lVert Q_H\mathrm{err}\rVert_2^2 ∥ Q H ′ err ′ ∥ 2 ≤ O ( n 3/2 ) ∥ Q H err ∥ 2 2 persists.
Second, as a result of (9) , Newton’s method is guaranteed to converge provided that the Rump norm of the error satisfies ∥ Q H e r r ∥ 2 ≤ c / n 3 / 2 \lVert Q_H\mathrm{err}\rVert_2\le c/n^{3/2} ∥ Q H err ∥ 2 ≤ c / n 3/2 for a sufficiently small absolute constant c > 0 c>0 c > 0 . This determines how much we can advance the target centrality parameter while still being able to correct the remaining error.
Formally, assuming that we start from exact centrality, after we dial down the target centrality parameter by a factor of 1 + δ 1+\delta 1 + δ , the new error becomes ∥ Q H e r r ∥ = ∥ Q H ⋅ δ 1 n ∥ 2 = δ ∥ q H ∥ 2 \lVert Q_H\mathrm{err}\rVert=\lVert Q_H\cdot\delta1_n\rVert_2=\delta\lVert q_H\rVert_2 ∥ Q H err ∥ = ∥ Q H ⋅ δ 1 n ∥ 2 = δ ∥ q H ∥ 2 , where H H H is evaluated at the new target. Lemma 5.6 bounds Rump weights by
1 n ≤ q H ≤ O ( 1 + κ ) 1 n . 1_n\le q_H\le O(\sqrt{1+\kappa})1_n. 1 n ≤ q H ≤ O ( 1 + κ ) 1 n .
Thus ∥ q H ∥ 2 ≤ O ( n 1 / 2 1 + κ ) \lVert q_H\rVert_2\le O(n^{1/2}\sqrt{1+\kappa}) ∥ q H ∥ 2 ≤ O ( n 1/2 1 + κ ) , and we can set δ ≈ 1 n 2 1 + κ \delta\approx\frac{1}{n^2\sqrt{1+\kappa}} δ ≈ n 2 1 + κ 1 , which gives O ( n 2 1 + κ ) O(n^2\sqrt{1+\kappa}) O ( n 2 1 + κ ) iterations per constant-factor reduction in μ \mu μ , from a sufficiently central feasible starting point. While this provides a proof of concept for our IPM analysis, we can in fact show two strengthenings of this analysis.
For the first one, instead of setting δ \delta δ according to the Rump norm of the all-ones vector, we use a slightly larger step size δ ≈ 1 n 5 / 4 1 + κ \delta\approx\frac{1}{n^{5/4}\sqrt{1+\kappa}} δ ≈ n 5/4 1 + κ 1 , take a Newton step, then verify that the remaining error can be corrected because its Rump norm is O ( n − 3 / 2 ) O(n^{-3/2}) O ( n − 3/2 ) . For the latter, we show that we can set an even larger step size δ ≈ 1 n 9 / 8 1 + κ \delta\approx\frac{1}{n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}} δ ≈ n 9/8 1 + κ 1 , take two Newton steps, after which the remaining error is again bounded by O ( n − 3 / 2 ) O(n^{-3/2}) O ( n − 3/2 ) so it can be corrected.
The complete analysis that achieves O ~ ( n 5 / 4 1 + κ ) \widetilde{O}(n^{5/4}\sqrt{1+\kappa}) O ( n 5/4 1 + κ ) iterations is done in § 5 . The further improvement to O ~ ( n 9 / 8 1 + κ ) \widetilde{O}(n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}) O ( n 9/8 1 + κ ) is proved in Section 6.
Bounding Rump weights and proving stability
As we saw, the analysis hinges on proving the existence of Rump weights that are bounded and do not change too aggressively when we update x x x . We never need to compute these weights in the algorithm. For both properties, we use Rump’s characterization of the sign-real spectral radius , denoted by ρ 0 S \rho_0^S ρ 0 S : the largest absolute real eigenvalue after multiplication by a diagonal sign matrix, maximized over those sign matrices. The characterization from Theorem 2.10 enables us to connect matrix sufficiency to combinatorial properties of H H H , by interpreting it as a graph with weights encoded in ∣ H ∣ |H| ∣ H ∣ . This proof is done in two steps.
First, Lemma 2.8 shows that for any sufficient matrix A A A , the sign-real spectral radius of H = ( I n + A ) − 1 H=(I_n+A)^{-1} H = ( I n + A ) − 1 is at most 1 1 1 . Rump’s theorem then shows that the maximum geometric mean of a cycle in the graph with arc weights ∣ H i j ∣ / K |H_{ij}|/K ∣ H ij ∣/ K , where K = 8 K=8 K = 8 , is at most 3 + 2 2 K < 3 4 \frac{3+2\sqrt{2}}{K}<\frac{3}{4} K 3 + 2 2 < 4 3 . Equivalently, there is a positive diagonal similarity rescaling Q H Q_H Q H which makes all the entries in ∣ Q H H Q H − 1 ∣ |Q_HHQ_H^{-1}| ∣ Q H H Q H − 1 ∣ bounded by K K K . The diagonal entries of Q H Q_H Q H are Rump weights and can be explicitly computed by letting q H ( j ) q_H(j) q H ( j ) be the largest product weight path ending at vertex j j j (Definition 5.2 ).
Next, we need to understand how these path products change when we update x x x . Let the relative update in x x x be Δ x ˉ = Δ x / x \Delta\bar{x} = \Delta x/x Δ x ˉ = Δ x / x , and let U = diag ( 1 + Δ x ˉ ) U = \operatorname{diag}(1 + \Delta\bar{x}) U = diag ( 1 + Δ x ˉ ) and A = μ − 1 X M X A = \mu^{-1}XMX A = μ − 1 X M X , so that H ′ = ( I + U A U ) − 1 H' = (I + UAU)^{-1} H ′ = ( I + U A U ) − 1 . For a sufficiently small relative update, comparing the two inverses in the old scaling gives
∣ ( Q H H ′ Q H − 1 ) u v ∣ ≤ K exp ( O ( ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ) ) . \left|(Q_H H' Q_H^{-1})_{uv}\right| \le K \exp\left(O(\lVert\Delta\bar{x}\rVert_1)\right). ( Q H H ′ Q H − 1 ) uv ≤ K exp ( O (∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ) ) .
Now look at a simple path P P P from i i i to j j j attaining q H ′ ( j ) q_{H'}(j) q H ′ ( j ) . Multiplying this bound along the path gives
q H ′ ( j ) = ∏ ( u , v ) ∈ P ∣ H u v ′ ∣ K ≤ q H ( j ) q H ( i ) exp ( O ( ∣ P ∣ ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ) ) ≤ q H ( j ) exp ( O ( n ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ) ) . q_{H'}(j) = \prod_{(u,v)\in P} \frac{|H'_{uv}|}{K} \le\frac{q_H(j)}{q_H(i)}\exp\left(O(|P|\lVert\Delta\bar{x}\rVert_1)\right) \le q_H(j)\exp\left(O(n\lVert\Delta\bar{x}\rVert_1)\right). q H ′ ( j ) = ( u , v ) ∈ P ∏ K ∣ H uv ′ ∣ ≤ q H ( i ) q H ( j ) exp ( O ( ∣ P ∣ ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ) ) ≤ q H ( j ) exp ( O ( n ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ) ) .
since q H ( i ) ≥ 1 q_H(i) \ge1 q H ( i ) ≥ 1 and a simple path has fewer than n n n arcs. A finer analysis in Lemma 5.7 removes the factor of n n n and gives
∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 16 K ∥ log ( 1 + Δ x ˉ ) ∥ 1 = O ( ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ) \lVert\log q_{H'}-\log q_H\rVert_\infty\le16K\lVert\log(1+\Delta\bar{x})\rVert_1 = O(\lVert\Delta\bar{x}\rVert_1) ∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 16 K ∥ log ( 1 + Δ x ˉ ) ∥ 1 = O (∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 )
when ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ ∞ ≤ 1 / 2 \lVert\Delta\bar{x}\rVert_\infty\le1/2 ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ ∞ ≤ 1/2 . We use this improved bound in the IPM analysis.
This suffices to show stability under corrector steps. Using Δ x ˉ = H e r r \Delta\bar{x}=H\mathit{err} Δ x ˉ = H err , q H ≥ 1 n q_H\ge\mathbf{1}_n q H ≥ 1 n and ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ 2 → ∞ = O ( n 1 / 2 ) \lVert Q_HHQ_H^{-1}\rVert_{2\to\infty}=O(n^{1/2}) ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ 2 → ∞ = O ( n 1/2 ) ,
∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ≤ ∥ Q H H e r r ∥ 1 ≤ O ( n 3 / 2 ) ∥ Q H e r r ∥ 2 . \lVert\Delta\bar{x}\rVert_1 \le\lVert Q_HH\mathit{err}\rVert_1 \le O(n^{3/2})\lVert Q_H\mathit{err}\rVert_2. ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ≤ ∥ Q H H err ∥ 1 ≤ O ( n 3/2 ) ∥ Q H err ∥ 2 .
Thus, if ∥ Q H e r r ∥ ≤ c / n 3 / 2 \lVert Q_H\mathit{err}\rVert\le c/n^{3/2} ∥ Q H err ∥ ≤ c / n 3/2 for a sufficiently small constant c c c , the improved stability bound gives q H ′ ≤ 2 q H q_{H'}\le2q_H q H ′ ≤ 2 q H .
Finally, to bound the weights, consider a simple path P : j → ⋯ → i P:j\to\cdots\to i P : j → ⋯ → i attaining q H ( i ) > 1 q_H(i)>1 q H ( i ) > 1 . If we replace column j j j of H H H by a vector z z z , the path is unchanged: only arcs entering j j j change, and the path never returns to its starting vertex. The new arc i → j i\to j i → j closes the path into a cycle. If the new matrix C C C with a swapped column still has maximum cycle geometric mean at most K K K , the normalized cycle product is at most 1 1 1 , giving
q H ( i ) ∣ z i ∣ K ≤ 1. q_H(i)\frac{|z_i|}{K}\le1. q H ( i ) K ∣ z i ∣ ≤ 1.
Thus, we need to understand how large a vector z z z we can use while preserving this cycle bound. Let τ = 1 + κ \tau=\sqrt{1+\kappa} τ = 1 + κ . For any unit vector v v v , Lemma 5.12 allows the choice z = 2 H v K τ z=\frac{2Hv}{K\tau} z = K τ 2 H v . Indeed, this gives ρ 0 S ( C ) ≤ 4 / 3 \rho_0^S(C)\le4/3 ρ 0 S ( C ) ≤ 4/3 , so Rump’s theorem bounds the maximum cycle geometric mean by ( 4 / 3 ) ( 3 + 2 2 ) < K (4/3)(3+2\sqrt{2})<K ( 4/3 ) ( 3 + 2 2 ) < K . Closing the cycle therefore gives
q H ( i ) ∣ ( H v ) i ∣ ≤ K 2 2 τ . q_H(i)|(Hv)_i|\le\frac{K^2}{2}\tau. q H ( i ) ∣ ( H v ) i ∣ ≤ 2 K 2 τ .
When q H ( i ) = 1 q_H(i)=1 q H ( i ) = 1 , the same bound follows from ∥ H ∥ 2 ≤ τ \lVert H\rVert_2\le\tau ∥ H ∥ 2 ≤ τ . Finally, the last arc k → i k\to i k → i of a maximizing path satisfies K q H ( i ) = q H ( k ) ∣ H k i ∣ Kq_H(i)=q_H(k)|H_{ki}| K q H ( i ) = q H ( k ) ∣ H k i ∣ . Applying the preceding bound at coordinate k k k with v = e i v=e_i v = e i gives
1 n ≤ q H ≤ K 2 1 + κ ⋅ 1 n , \mathbf{1}_n\le q_H\le\frac{K}{2}\sqrt{1+\kappa}\cdot\mathbf{1}_n, 1 n ≤ q H ≤ 2 K 1 + κ ⋅ 1 n ,
as claimed in Lemma 5.6 . Throughout the analysis, we use Lemma 2.2, which ensures that the matrix A = 1 μ X M X A=\frac{1}{\mu}XMX A = μ 1 X M X has the same handicap number as M M M . The Rump weights bounds and stability are proved in § 5.4 and § 5.5 .
Hardness results
We recall that the sign-real spectral radius ρ 0 S ( M ) \rho_0^S(M) ρ 0 S ( M ) of a matrix M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n is the maximized real spectral radius attained by S M SM S M over all S S S that are diagonal with entries being ± 1 \pm1 ± 1 . As another remarkable result by Rump (Theorem 7.4, c.f. [66 ] ), P P P -matrices have an equivalent relation to the sign-real spectral radius. The theorem asserts that the Cayley transform of M M M is a P P P -matrix if and only if ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 \rho_0^S(M)<1 ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 . The Cayley transform is defined as C ( M ) : = ( I n − M ) − 1 ( I n + M ) C(M):=(I_n-M)^{-1}(I_n+M) C ( M ) := ( I n − M ) − 1 ( I n + M ) whenever I n − M I_n-M I n − M is nonsingular; it can be seen as a Möbius transformation of matrices, see § 7 .
Rump’s theorem can be extended in two ways. For a rational matrix M M M , a rational separation can be found between ρ 0 S ( M ) \rho_0^S(M) ρ 0 S ( M ) and 1 1 1 using the encoding length of M M M . More precisely, we can show that for M ∈ Q n × n M\in\mathbb{Q}^{n\times n} M ∈ Q n × n , the Cayley transform of M M M is a P P P -matrix if and only if ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 − ϵ \rho_0^S(M)\le1-\epsilon ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 − ϵ for some ϵ ∈ Q > 0 \epsilon\in\mathbb{Q}_{>0} ϵ ∈ Q > 0 that depends on length ( M ) \operatorname{length}(M) length ( M ) . Secondly, as we have seen in Lemma 2.4 , any P 0 P_0 P 0 -matrix is the limit of a sequence of P P P -matrices, i.e., P 0 P_0 P 0 is the closure of P P P . Then, it follows from a limiting argument that P 0 P_0 P 0 -matrices can also be characterized through sign-real spectral radius, namely, the Cayley transform of M M M is a P 0 P_0 P 0 -matrix if and only if ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 \rho_0^S(M)\le1 ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 , noting that ρ 0 S ( ⋅ ) \rho_0^S(\cdot) ρ 0 S ( ⋅ ) is continuous and the limit of a sequence of ρ 0 S ( M t ) < 1 \rho_0^S(M_t)<1 ρ 0 S ( M t ) < 1 is less than or equal to $1.
Overview of the proof of Theorem 1.3. We will exploit the aforementioned guarantee of the rational margin between the sign-real spectral radius and 1. For any given rational matrix M M M , we let N N N be the inverse Cayley transform of M M M ; see Proposition 7.3 for its definition and existence. We know that M ∈ P M \in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P if and only if ρ 0 S ( N ) < 1 \rho_0^S(N) < 1 ρ 0 S ( N ) < 1 by Rump’s theorem. Next, we pick α ∈ Q \alpha\in\mathbb{Q} α ∈ Q to be an amplifier according to the rational gap between ρ 0 S ( N ) \rho_0^S(N) ρ 0 S ( N ) and 1 if M ∈ P M \in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P , so that in the case that M ∈ P M \in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P , we still have ρ 0 S ( α N ) = α ρ 0 S ( N ) < 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N) = \alpha\rho_0^S(N) < 1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) = α ρ 0 S ( N ) < 1 , while if M ∉ P M \notin\mathcal{P} M ∈ / P then we get ρ 0 S ( α N ) = α ρ 0 S ( N ) ≥ α > 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N) = \alpha\rho_0^S(N) \ge\alpha> 1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) = α ρ 0 S ( N ) ≥ α > 1 ; see Claim 7.8 for the precise statement and its proof.
Now, setting M ~ \widetilde{M} M to be the Cayley transform of α N \alpha N α N , we have that ρ 0 S ( α N ) < 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N) < 1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) < 1 implies M ~ ∈ P \widetilde{M} \in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P , by the standard Rump’s theorem, while ρ 0 S ( α N ) > 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N) > 1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) > 1 implies M ~ ∉ P 0 \widetilde{M} \notin\mathcal{P}_0 M ∈ / P 0 , by the extended Rump’s theorem for P 0 \mathcal{P}_0 P 0 -matrices. Hence, for any matrix class P ~ \widetilde{\mathcal{P}} P between P \mathcal{P} P and P 0 \mathcal{P}_0 P 0 , i.e., P ⊆ P ~ ⊆ P 0 \mathcal{P} \subseteq\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} \subseteq\mathcal{P}_0 P ⊆ P ⊆ P 0 , we have M ~ ∈ P ~ \widetilde{M} \in\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} M ∈ P if ρ 0 S ( α N ) < 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N) < 1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) < 1 and M ~ ∉ P ~ \widetilde{M} \notin\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} M ∈ / P if ρ 0 S ( α N ) > 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N) > 1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) > 1 . But as shown in the last paragraph, ρ 0 S ( α N ) < 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N) < 1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) < 1 if M ∈ P M \in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P and ρ 0 S ( α N ) > 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N) > 1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) > 1 if M ∉ P M \notin\mathcal{P} M ∈ / P , so we can conclude that M ~ ∈ P ~ \widetilde{M} \in\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} M ∈ P if and only if M ∈ P M \in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P . As a result, Theorem 1.3 follows from the co-NP completeness of testing whether a rational matrix is in P \mathcal{P} P or not [Cox94]. We provide a pseudo code (Algorithm 2) for the detailed construction of M ~ \widetilde{M} M .
Overview of the proof of Theorem 1.4. The proof of Theorem 1.3 also indicates that there should be a connection between the sign-real spectral radius and handicap number. Rump proved that max s 1 , s 2 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n s 1 T M s 2 \max_{s_1,s_2\in\{-1,1\}^n}s_1^{\mathsf T}Ms_2 max s 1 , s 2 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n s 1 T M s 2 is equal to the sign-real spectral radius of a matrix that embeds M M M ; see [66 Theorem 2.8] , and the quantity max s 1 , s 2 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n s 1 T M s 2 \max_{s_1,s_2\in\{-1,1\}^n}s_1^{\mathsf T}Ms_2 max s 1 , s 2 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n s 1 T M s 2 was shown to be NP-hard to compute via a reduction from the Max-Cut problem, by Poljak and Rohn [59 ] . Here, we reduce Max-Cut to handicap number computation, by constructing a P \mathcal{P} P -matrix whose handicap number determines the Max-Cut of the input graph.
In Lemma 7.13 for any connected graph G = ( V , E ) G=(V,E) G = ( V , E ) with ∣ V ∣ = n ≥ 2 \lvert V\rvert=n\ge2 ∣ V ∣ = n ≥ 2 , ∣ E ∣ = m \lvert E\rvert=m ∣ E ∣ = m , we construct a matrix M G M_G M G that embeds the node-edge incidence matrix A G ∈ { 0 , ± 1 } n × m A_G\in\{0,\pm1\}^{n\times m} A G ∈ { 0 , ± 1 } n × m of G G G , so that κ ^ ( M G ) = maxcut ( G ) − 1 4 \hat{\kappa}(M_G)=\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-\frac{1}{4} κ ^ ( M G ) = maxcut ( G ) − 4 1 . Note that A G A G T ∈ R n × n A_GA_G^{\mathsf T}\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} A G A G T ∈ R n × n is the Laplacian matrix; we recall that maxcut ( G ) = 1 4 max v ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n ∥ A G T v ∥ 2 2 \operatorname{maxcut}(G)=\frac{1}{4}\max_{v\in\{-1,1\}^n}\lVert A_G^{\mathsf T}v\rVert_2^2 maxcut ( G ) = 4 1 max v ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n ∥ A G T v ∥ 2 2 . The construction is
M G : = ( I m 2 A G T 0 0 I n 21 n 0 0 1 ) ∈ Z ( m + n + 1 ) × ( m + n + 1 ) . M_G:=\begin{pmatrix}
I_m & 2A_G^{\mathsf T} & 0\\
0 & I_n & 2\mathbf{1}_n\\
0 & 0 & 1
\end{pmatrix}\in\mathbb{Z}^{(m+n+1)\times(m+n+1)}. M G := I m 0 0 2 A G T I n 0 0 2 1 n 1 ∈ Z ( m + n + 1 ) × ( m + n + 1 ) .
We use the variable transformation y = ( x + M G x ) / 2 y=(x+M_Gx)/2 y = ( x + M G x ) /2 , and let N = ( M G − I m + n + 1 ) / 2 N=(M_G-I_{m+n+1})/2 N = ( M G − I m + n + 1 ) /2 . Using A G T 1 n = 0 A_G^{\mathsf T}\mathbf{1}_n=0 A G T 1 n = 0 , one can verify that N N N is nilpotent of degree 2, and that
x T M G x = ∥ y ∥ 2 2 − ∥ N ( I m + n + 1 + N ) − 1 y ∥ 2 2 = ∥ y 1 ∥ 2 2 + ∥ y 2 ∥ 2 2 − ∥ A G T y 2 ∥ 2 2 − ( n − 1 ) y 3 2 . (10) x^{\mathsf T}M_Gx=\lVert y\rVert_2^2-\lVert N(I_{m+n+1}+N)^{-1}y\rVert_2^2=\lVert y_1\rVert_2^2+\lVert y_2\rVert_2^2-\lVert A_G^{\mathsf T}y_2\rVert_2^2-(n-1)y_3^2. \tag*{(10)} x T M G x = ∥ y ∥ 2 2 − ∥ N ( I m + n + 1 + N ) − 1 y ∥ 2 2 = ∥ y 1 ∥ 2 2 + ∥ y 2 ∥ 2 2 − ∥ A G T y 2 ∥ 2 2 − ( n − 1 ) y 3 2 . (10)
Let us choose y = ( y 1 , y 2 , y 3 ) y=(y_1,y_2,y_3) y = ( y 1 , y 2 , y 3 ) with y 1 = 0 m y_1=0_m y 1 = 0 m , y 3 = 1 y_3=1 y 3 = 1 and y 2 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n y_2\in\{-1,1\}^n y 2 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n being the vector that attains maxcut ( G ) \operatorname{maxcut}(G) maxcut ( G ) , and the corresponding x = ( − A G y 2 , y 2 − 1 n , 1 ) x=(-A_Gy_2,y_2-\mathbf{1}_n,1) x = ( − A G y 2 , y 2 − 1 n , 1 ) . Then, we get that x T M G x = 1 − 4 maxcut ( G ) x^{\mathsf T}M_Gx=1-4\operatorname{maxcut}(G) x T M G x = 1 − 4 maxcut ( G ) , and moreover, x ( M G x ) x(M_Gx) x ( M G x ) has a single positive term that is 1. Consequently, κ ^ ( M G ) ≥ κ ^ ( M G , x ) = maxcut ( G ) − 1 / 4 \hat{\kappa}(M_G)\ge\hat{\kappa}(M_G,x)=\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1/4 κ ^ ( M G ) ≥ κ ^ ( M G , x ) = maxcut ( G ) − 1/4 by (5) .
The upper bound κ ^ ( M G ) ≤ maxcut ( G ) − 1 / 4 \hat{\kappa}(M_G)\le\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1/4 κ ^ ( M G ) ≤ maxcut ( G ) − 1/4 requires a more careful analysis, considering any general x ∈ R m + n + 1 x\in\mathbb{R}^{m+n+1} x ∈ R m + n + 1 and ∑ i ∈ T M G x i ( M G x ) i \sum_{i\in T_{M_G}}x_i(M_Gx)_i ∑ i ∈ T M G x i ( M G x ) i . We still make use of the same change of variable and (10) , noting that we can bound ∥ y 2 ∥ 2 2 − ∥ A G T y 2 ∥ 2 2 \lVert y_2\rVert_2^2-\lVert A_G^{\mathsf T}y_2\rVert_2^2 ∥ y 2 ∥ 2 2 − ∥ A G T y 2 ∥ 2 2 in terms of max cut; see Proposition 7.12 .
Path following algorithm for P ∗ ( κ ) \mathcal{P}_*(\kappa) P ∗ ( κ ) -LCP
The algorithm
Table 1.
We now describe a generic version of Newton’s method for solving LCPs with P ∗ ( κ ) \mathcal{P}_*(\kappa) P ∗ ( κ ) -matrices. In each iteration, we maintain ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 (x,s) \in\mathcal{F}_{>0} ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 and a parameter μ > 0 \mu> 0 μ > 0 that gets decreased along the way. We use the Newton step computed from the following equations to correct the current iterate ( x , s ) (x,s) ( x , s ) towards satisfying the central path equation x s = μ 1 n xs=\mu1_n x s = μ 1 n .
Definition 4.1 (Newton matrix and Newton step). Let ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 (x,s) \in\mathcal{F}_{>0} ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 and μ > 0 \mu> 0 μ > 0 . The Newton matrix at ( x , s , μ ) (x,s,\mu) ( x , s , μ ) is defined as
H x , μ ≔ ( I n + 1 μ X M X ) − 1 , H_{x,\mu} \coloneqq\left(I_n+\frac{1}{\mu}XMX\right)^{-1}, H x , μ : = ( I n + μ 1 X M X ) − 1 , where X = diag ( x ) X=\operatorname{diag}(x) X = diag ( x ) , and the Newton step from ( x , s , μ ) (x,s,\mu) ( x , s , μ ) is ( Δ x , Δ s ) ∈ R 2 n (\Delta x,\Delta s) \in\mathbb{R}^{2n} ( Δ x , Δ s ) ∈ R 2 n defined by
Δ x x = H x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) , Δ s = M Δ x . (11) \frac{\Delta x}{x}=H_{x,\mu}\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu),\qquad\Delta s=M\Delta x. \tag*{(11)} x Δ x = H x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) , Δ s = M Δ x . (11)
Corollary 2.5 guarantees that the Newton step is well defined for M ∈ P ∗ M \in\mathcal{P}_* M ∈ P ∗ . Algorithm 1 requires as input a neighborhood parameter β \beta β , a step size δ \delta δ , and a starting point in the N 2 ( β ) \mathcal{N}^2(\beta) N 2 ( β ) neighborhood. In each iteration, the algorithm decreases μ \mu μ by a 1 + δ 1+\delta 1 + δ factor and then performs a Newton step. We discuss the issue of finding an initial solution and guessing the κ \kappa κ value for the algorithm in § 8 .
Simple analysis with linear dependence on 1 + κ 1+\kappa 1 + κ
In this section, we give a simple analysis with linear dependence on 1 + κ 1+\kappa 1 + κ .
Theorem 4.2. If M ∈ P ∗ ( κ ) M \in\mathcal{P}_*(\kappa) M ∈ P ∗ ( κ ) , for the choice β ∈ [ 1 8 ( 1 + κ ) , 1 4 ( 1 + κ ) ] \beta\in\left[\frac{1}{8(1+\kappa)},\frac{1}{4(1+\kappa)}\right] β ∈ [ 8 ( 1 + κ ) 1 , 4 ( 1 + κ ) 1 ] , δ ∈ [ 1 32 n ( 1 + κ ) , 1 16 n ( 1 + κ ) ] \delta\in\left[\frac{1}{32\sqrt{n}(1+\kappa)},\frac{1}{16\sqrt{n}(1+\kappa)}\right] δ ∈ [ 32 n ( 1 + κ ) 1 , 16 n ( 1 + κ ) 1 ] , and a suitable starting point ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) (x^0,s^0,\mu_0) \in\mathcal{N}^2(\beta) ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) , Algorithm 1 finds a feasible solution ( x o u t , s o u t , μ o u t ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) (x^{\mathrm{out}},s^{\mathrm{out}},\mu^{\mathrm{out}}) \in\mathcal{N}^2(\beta) ( x out , s out , μ out ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) with μ o u t ≤ μ 1 \mu^{\mathrm{out}} \leq\mu_1 μ out ≤ μ 1 in time dominated by O ( n ( 1 + κ ) log ( μ 0 / μ 1 ) ) O\left(\sqrt{n}(1+\kappa)\log(\mu_0/\mu_1)\right) O ( n ( 1 + κ ) log ( μ 0 / μ 1 ) ) linear system solves.
The following important identity will also be used in the later analysis:
Lemma 4.3 (Reducing centrality error). Let M ∈ P ∗ M \in\mathcal{P}_* M ∈ P ∗ , ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 (x,s) \in\mathcal{F}_{>0} ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 and μ > 0 \mu> 0 μ > 0 , ( Δ x , Δ s ) (\Delta x,\Delta s) ( Δ x , Δ s ) the solution to (11) , and ( x ′ , s ′ ) = ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s ) (x',s')=(x+\Delta x,s+\Delta s) ( x ′ , s ′ ) = ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s ) . Then,
err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ) = ( H x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) ) 2 . \operatorname{err}(x',s',\mu)=\left(H_{x,\mu}\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\right)^2. err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ) = ( H x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) ) 2 . Proof. It follows from (11) that
err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ) = 1 n − ( x + Δ x ) ( s + Δ s ) μ = 1 n − ( 1 n + Δ x x ) ( x s + X M X Δ x x ) μ = 1 n − ( 1 n + Δ x x ) ( ( I n + 1 μ X M X ) Δ x x + ( x s μ − Δ x x ) ) = 1 n − ( 1 n + Δ x x ) ( 1 n − x s μ + x s μ − Δ x x ) = ( Δ x x ) 2 = ( H x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) ) 2 . (12) \begin{aligned}
\operatorname{err}(x',s',\mu)
&=1_n-\frac{(x+\Delta x)(s+\Delta s)}{\mu}
=1_n-\frac{\left(1_n+\frac{\Delta x}{x}\right)\left(xs+XMX\frac{\Delta x}{x}\right)}{\mu}\\
&=1_n-\left(1_n+\frac{\Delta x}{x}\right)\left(\left(I_n+\frac{1}{\mu}XMX\right)\frac{\Delta x}{x}+\left(\frac{xs}{\mu}-\frac{\Delta x}{x}\right)\right)\\
&=1_n-\left(1_n+\frac{\Delta x}{x}\right)\left(1_n-\frac{xs}{\mu}+\frac{xs}{\mu}-\frac{\Delta x}{x}\right)\\
&=\left(\frac{\Delta x}{x}\right)^2
=\left(H_{x,\mu}\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\right)^2. \tag*{(12)}
\end{aligned} err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ) = 1 n − μ ( x + Δ x ) ( s + Δ s ) = 1 n − μ ( 1 n + x Δ x ) ( x s + X M X x Δ x ) = 1 n − ( 1 n + x Δ x ) ( ( I n + μ 1 X M X ) x Δ x + ( μ x s − x Δ x ) ) = 1 n − ( 1 n + x Δ x ) ( 1 n − μ x s + μ x s − x Δ x ) = ( x Δ x ) 2 = ( H x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) ) 2 . (12)
The proof of Theorem 4.2 follows immediately from the following lemma:
Lemma 4.4 (Progress lemma). Assume M ∈ P ∗ ( κ ) M \in\mathcal{P}_*(\kappa) M ∈ P ∗ ( κ ) . For any β ∈ ( 0 , 1 4 ( 1 + κ ) ] \beta\in\left(0,\frac{1}{4(1+\kappa)}\right] β ∈ ( 0 , 4 ( 1 + κ ) 1 ] , δ ∈ ( 0 , β 2 n ] \delta\in\left(0,\frac{\beta}{2\sqrt{n}}\right] δ ∈ ( 0 , 2 n β ] , let ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) (x,s,\mu) \in\mathcal{N}^2(\beta) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) , μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) \mu'=\mu/(1+\delta) μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) and let ( Δ x , Δ s ) (\Delta x,\Delta s) ( Δ x , Δ s ) be computed from solving (11) for μ ′ \mu' μ ′ , and let ( x ′ , s ′ ) = ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s ) (x',s')=(x+\Delta x,s+\Delta s) ( x ′ , s ′ ) = ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s ) . Then, ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) (x',s',\mu') \in\mathcal{N}^2(\beta) ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) .
Proof. We start by bounding err ( x , s , μ ′ ) \operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu') err ( x , s , μ ′ ) . Using ∥ x s / μ − 1 n ∥ ≤ β \lVert xs/\mu-1_n\rVert\leq\beta ∥ x s / μ − 1 n ∥ ≤ β from ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) (x,s,\mu) \in\mathcal{N}^2(\beta) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) and δ ≤ β 2 n \delta\leq\frac{\beta}{2\sqrt{n}} δ ≤ 2 n β ,
∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 = ∥ x s μ ′ − 1 n ∥ 2 = ∥ x s μ − 1 n ∥ 2 + δ ∥ x s μ ∥ 2 ≤ β + β 2 n ⋅ ( 1 + β ) n ≤ 2 β . \begin{aligned}
\lVert\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\rVert_2
&=\left\lVert\frac{xs}{\mu'}-1_n\right\rVert_2
=\left\lVert\frac{xs}{\mu}-1_n\right\rVert_2+\delta\left\lVert\frac{xs}{\mu}\right\rVert_2\\
&\leq\beta+\frac{\beta}{2\sqrt{n}}\cdot(1+\beta)\sqrt{n}\leq2\beta.
\end{aligned} ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 = μ ′ x s − 1 n 2 = μ x s − 1 n 2 + δ μ x s 2 ≤ β + 2 n β ⋅ ( 1 + β ) n ≤ 2 β . From Lemma 4.3, we have err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) = ( H x , μ ′ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ) 2 \operatorname{err}(x',s',\mu')=\left(H_{x,\mu'}\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\right)^2 err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) = ( H x , μ ′ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ) 2 . From Theorem 1.1, using that κ ^ ( M ) ≤ κ \hat{\kappa}(M)\leq\kappa κ ^ ( M ) ≤ κ , we get ∥ H x , μ ′ ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + κ \lVert H_{x,\mu'}\rVert_2\leq\sqrt{1+\kappa} ∥ H x , μ ′ ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + κ . Thus,
∥ err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ H x , μ ′ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 2 ≤ ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 2 ≤ ( 1 + κ ) 4 β 2 ≤ β , \begin{aligned}
\lVert\operatorname{err}(x',s',\mu')\rVert_2
&\leq\lVert H_{x,\mu'}\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\rVert_2^2
\leq(1+\kappa)\lVert\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\rVert_2^2\\
&\leq(1+\kappa)4\beta^2\leq\beta,
\end{aligned} ∥ err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ H x , μ ′ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 2 ≤ ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 2 ≤ ( 1 + κ ) 4 β 2 ≤ β , and by the bound on β \beta β , ( x ′ , s ′ ) ∈ F > 0 (x',s')\in\mathcal{F}_{>0} ( x ′ , s ′ ) ∈ F > 0 , showing that ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) (x',s',\mu')\in\mathcal{N}^2(\beta) ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) .
Proof of Theorem 4.2. Starting from ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) (x^0,s^0,\mu_0) \in\mathcal{N}^2(\beta) ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) , for any ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) (x,s,\mu) \in\mathcal{N}^2(\beta) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) with μ ≤ μ 0 \mu\le\mu_0 μ ≤ μ 0 , we compute ( Δ x , Δ s ) (\Delta x,\Delta s) ( Δ x , Δ s ) at ( x , s ) (x,s) ( x , s ) for μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) \mu'=\mu/(1+\delta) μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) from (11) . With β ∈ [ 1 8 ( 1 + κ ) , 1 4 ( 1 + κ ) ] \beta\in\left[\frac{1}{8(1+\kappa)},\frac{1}{4(1+\kappa)}\right] β ∈ [ 8 ( 1 + κ ) 1 , 4 ( 1 + κ ) 1 ] and δ ∈ [ 1 32 n ( 1 + κ ) , 1 16 n ( 1 + κ ) ] \delta\in\left[\frac{1}{32\sqrt{n}(1+\kappa)},\frac{1}{16\sqrt{n}(1+\kappa)}\right] δ ∈ [ 32 n ( 1 + κ ) 1 , 16 n ( 1 + κ ) 1 ] which satisfies δ ≤ β 2 n \delta\le\frac{\beta}{2\sqrt{n}} δ ≤ 2 n β , we are guaranteed to have ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s , μ ′ ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) (x+\Delta x,s+\Delta s,\mu') \in\mathcal{N}^2(\beta) ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s , μ ′ ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) by Lemma 4.4 . Let ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s ) (x+\Delta x,s+\Delta s) ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s ) and μ ′ \mu' μ ′ be our new iterates. By the choice of δ \delta δ ,
μ ′ ≤ ( 1 − 1 64 n ( 1 + κ ) ) μ . \mu' \le\left(1-\frac{1}{64\sqrt{n}(1+\kappa)}\right)\mu. μ ′ ≤ ( 1 − 64 n ( 1 + κ ) 1 ) μ .
Thus, it takes O ( n ( 1 + κ ) log ( μ 0 / μ 1 ) ) O\left(\sqrt{n}(1+\kappa)\log(\mu_0/\mu_1)\right) O ( n ( 1 + κ ) log ( μ 0 / μ 1 ) ) iterations to obtain an iterate ( x o u t , s o u t , μ o u t ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) (x^{\mathrm{out}},s^{\mathrm{out}},\mu^{\mathrm{out}}) \in\mathcal{N}^2(\beta) ( x out , s out , μ out ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) with μ o u t ≤ μ 1 \mu^{\mathrm{out}} \le\mu_1 μ out ≤ μ 1 , and each iteration requires one linear system solve.
An improved analysis via Rump weights
In what follows we show that the standard IPM based on Newton steps actually can reduce μ \mu μ by a constant factor in O ( n 5 / 4 1 + κ ) O(n^{5/4}\sqrt{1+\kappa}) O ( n 5/4 1 + κ ) iterations, thus improving the long standing linear dependence in the handicap number. The key ingredient is defining a new norm in which to measure convergence, which heavily relies on Theorem 2.10 .
Theorem 5.1. Let M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M \in\mathcal{P}_\star(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) , set β ∈ [ 1 20480 n 3 / 2 , 1 16384 n 3 / 2 ] \beta\in\left[\frac{1}{20480n^{3/2}},\frac{1}{16384n^{3/2}}\right] β ∈ [ 20480 n 3/2 1 , 16384 n 3/2 1 ] and δ ∈ [ 1 9160 n 5 / 4 1 + κ , 1 4580 n 5 / 4 1 + κ ] \delta\in\left[\frac{1}{9160n^{5/4}\sqrt{1+\kappa}},\frac{1}{4580n^{5/4}\sqrt{1+\kappa}}\right] δ ∈ [ 9160 n 5/4 1 + κ 1 , 4580 n 5/4 1 + κ 1 ] in Algorithm 1. Given an initial point ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x^0,s^0,\mu_0) \in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) ∈ N R ( β ) , Algorithm 1 finds a feasible solution ( x o u t , s o u t , μ o u t ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x^{\mathrm{out}},s^{\mathrm{out}},\mu^{\mathrm{out}}) \in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x out , s out , μ out ) ∈ N R ( β ) with μ o u t ≤ μ 1 \mu^{\mathrm{out}} \le\mu_1 μ out ≤ μ 1 in time dominated by O ( n 5 / 4 1 + κ ⋅ log ( μ 0 / μ 1 ) ) O\left(n^{5/4}\sqrt{1+\kappa}\cdot\log(\mu_0/\mu_1)\right) O ( n 5/4 1 + κ ⋅ log ( μ 0 / μ 1 ) ) linear system solves.
To achieve this result, we need to show that Newton steps converge in a local metric, defined by Rump weights, which we formally define in what follows.
The Rump weights neighborhood
For the proof of Theorem 5.1, we introduce the following weights based on Rump’s theorem (Theorem 2.10). Throughout, we set the parameter K : = 8 K := 8 K := 8 , but one could use any value such that K ≥ 5 + 2 2 K \ge5+2\sqrt{2} K ≥ 5 + 2 2 for the constant in Theorem 2.10 to get the same asymptotic bounds.
Definition 5.2. Let H = ( I n + A ) − 1 H=(I_n+A)^{-1} H = ( I n + A ) − 1 for some sufficient matrix A ∈ P ⋆ A \in\mathcal{P}_\star A ∈ P ⋆ . The Rump weights are defined as q H ( i ) : = π i q_H(i):=\pi_i q H ( i ) := π i as in (6) for the weights ρ ( i , j ) : = ∣ H i j ∣ / K \rho(i,j):=|H_{ij}|/K ρ ( i , j ) := ∣ H ij ∣/ K and Q H : = diag ( q H ) Q_H:=\operatorname{diag}(q_H) Q H := diag ( q H ) . That is, for j ∈ [ n ] j \in[n] j ∈ [ n ] ,
q H ( j ) : = max { ∏ k = 1 ℓ ∣ H i k i k + 1 ∣ K : i 1 , … , i ℓ + 1 = j is a simple path } , q_H(j):=\max\left\{\prod_{k=1}^{\ell}\frac{|H_{i_k i_{k+1}}|}{K}: i_1,\ldots,i_{\ell+1}=j\text{ is a simple path}\right\}, q H ( j ) := max { k = 1 ∏ ℓ K ∣ H i k i k + 1 ∣ : i 1 , … , i ℓ + 1 = j is a simple path } , with the convention that the product is 1 for an empty path.
By applying Corollary 2.12 to the matrix H = ( I n + A ) − 1 H=(I_n+A)^{-1} H = ( I n + A ) − 1 , we get that the diagonal similarity transform of H H H via Rump weights gives a matrix whose maximum entry is O ( 1 ) O(1) O ( 1 ) . We first show that all the diagonal entries of H H H are between 0 and 1.
Proposition 5.3. Let A ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n A \in\mathcal{P}_\star\cap\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} A ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n and H = ( I + A ) − 1 H=(I+A)^{-1} H = ( I + A ) − 1 . Then for all i ∈ [ n ] i \in[n] i ∈ [ n ] , H i i ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] H_{ii} \in(0,1] H ii ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] .
Proof. Since A ∈ P ⋆ A \in\mathcal{P}_\star A ∈ P ⋆ , I + A I+A I + A is non-singular by Corollary 2.5 . Let i ∈ [ n ] i \in[n] i ∈ [ n ] and h = H ∙ i = H e i h=H_{\mathbin{\bullet}i}=He_i h = H ∙ i = H e i , we have
A h = A ( I + A ) − 1 e i = e i − ( I + A ) − 1 e i = e i − h . Ah=A(I+A)^{-1}e_i=e_i-(I+A)^{-1}e_i=e_i-h. A h = A ( I + A ) − 1 e i = e i − ( I + A ) − 1 e i = e i − h .
Hence, h i ( A h ) i = h i ( 1 − h i ) h_i(Ah)_i=h_i(1-h_i) h i ( A h ) i = h i ( 1 − h i ) and h j ( A h ) j = − h j 2 ≤ 0 h_j(Ah)_j=-h_j^2\le0 h j ( A h ) j = − h j 2 ≤ 0 for all j ≠ i j\ne i j = i . Since A A A is column sufficient, h ∘ A h ≤ 0 n h\circ Ah\le0_n h ∘ A h ≤ 0 n implies h ∘ A h = 0 n h\circ Ah=0_n h ∘ A h = 0 n . Thus, if h i ∉ ( 0 , 1 ] h_i\notin(0,1] h i ∈ / ( 0 , 1 ] then column sufficiency of A A A implies h = H ∙ i = 0 n h=H_{\mathbin{\bullet}i}=0_n h = H ∙ i = 0 n which is a contradiction to H H H being non-singular.
Lemma 5.4. For A ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n A \in\mathcal{P}_\star\cap\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} A ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n , let H = ( I n + A ) − 1 H=(I_n+A)^{-1} H = ( I n + A ) − 1 , then ζ ( H ) < 6 \zeta(H)<6 ζ ( H ) < 6 , and thus q H q_H q H is well-defined. Further, ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ max ≤ K \lVert Q_H H Q_H^{-1}\rVert_{\max}\le K ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ m a x ≤ K .
Proof. By Lemma 2.8 , ρ 0 S ( H ) ≤ 1 \rho^S_0(H)\le1 ρ 0 S ( H ) ≤ 1 , and therefore by Theorem 2.10 , ζ ( H ) ≤ ( 3 + 2 2 ) ρ 0 S ( H ) ≤ 3 + 2 2 < 6 \zeta(H)\le(3+2\sqrt{2})\rho^S_0(H)\le3+2\sqrt{2}<6 ζ ( H ) ≤ ( 3 + 2 2 ) ρ 0 S ( H ) ≤ 3 + 2 2 < 6 . For each i ∈ [ n ] i\in[n] i ∈ [ n ] , the value q H ( i ) q_H(i) q H ( i ) can be obtained along a simple path according to Corollary 2.12. For all i ∈ [ n ] i\in[n] i ∈ [ n ] , ∣ Q H H Q H − 1 ∣ i i = ∣ H i i ∣ ≤ 1 \left|Q_HHQ_H^{-1}\right|_{ii}=|H_{ii}|\le1 Q H H Q H − 1 ii = ∣ H ii ∣ ≤ 1 by Proposition 5.3 . Thus as a result of Corollary 2.12, we get ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ max ≤ K \lVert Q_HHQ_H^{-1}\rVert_{\max}\le K ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ m a x ≤ K .
Note that for M ∈ P ⋆ M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ P ⋆ , x ∈ R > 0 n x \in\mathbb{R}^{n}_{>0} x ∈ R > 0 n , μ > 0 \mu> 0 μ > 0 , the Newton matrix H x , μ H_{x,\mu} H x , μ defined in Definition 4.1 is of the form H x , μ = ( I n + 1 μ X M X ) − 1 H_{x,\mu} = (I_n + \frac{1}{\mu}XMX)^{-1} H x , μ = ( I n + μ 1 X M X ) − 1 where X = diag ( x ) X = \operatorname{diag}(x) X = diag ( x ) . The matrix 1 μ X M X \frac{1}{\mu}XMX μ 1 X M X is sufficient and has the same handicap number as M M M by Lemma 2.2, and hence the above construction is applicable for H = H x , μ H = H_{x,\mu} H = H x , μ . The following weighted norm will play a key part in our analysis, and will be referred to as the Rump-norm:
∥ Q H x , μ v ∥ 2 = ⟨ q H x , μ 2 , v 2 ⟩ . \left\|Q_{H_{x,\mu}}v\right\|_2 = \sqrt{\left\langle q_{H_{x,\mu}}^2,v^2\right\rangle}. Q H x , μ v 2 = ⟨ q H x , μ 2 , v 2 ⟩ .
Definition 5.5. Consider an instance of LCP ( M , q ) \operatorname{LCP}(M,q) LCP ( M , q ) with M ∈ P ⋆ M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ P ⋆ . For β ≥ 0 \beta\ge0 β ≥ 0 , the Rump-norm neighborhood of the central path is defined as
N R ( β ) : = { ( x , s , μ ) : ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 , μ ∈ R > 0 , ∥ Q H x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ β } . \mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) := \left\{(x,s,\mu) : (x,s) \in\mathcal{F}_{>0},\ \mu\in\mathbb{R}_{>0},\ \left\|Q_{H_{x,\mu}}\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\right\|_2 \le\beta\right\}. N R ( β ) := { ( x , s , μ ) : ( x , s ) ∈ F > 0 , μ ∈ R > 0 , Q H x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) 2 ≤ β } .
where H x , μ H_{x,\mu} H x , μ is the Newton matrix defined in Definition 4.1 and err ( x , s , μ ) \operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu) err ( x , s , μ ) the centrality error defined in (4) .
In Section 5.3, we prove the following bound on the q H q_H q H weights:
Lemma 5.6 (Bounding Rump weights). For A ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) A \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) A ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) and H = ( I n + A ) − 1 H = (I_n + A)^{-1} H = ( I n + A ) − 1 , let Q H = diag ( q H ) Q_H = \operatorname{diag}(q_H) Q H = diag ( q H ) be defined as in Definition 5.2. Then, ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ ≤ κ 2 1 + κ ∥ v ∥ 2 \left\|Q_HHv\right\|_{\infty} \le\frac{\kappa}{2}\sqrt{1+\kappa}\left\|v\right\|_2 ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 κ 1 + κ ∥ v ∥ 2 for all v ∈ R n v \in\mathbb{R}^n v ∈ R n and 1 n ≤ q H ≤ κ 2 1 + κ ⋅ 1 n \mathbf{1}_n \le q_H \le\frac{\kappa}{2}\sqrt{1+\kappa}\cdot\mathbf{1}_n 1 n ≤ q H ≤ 2 κ 1 + κ ⋅ 1 n .
Note that because of q H ≥ 1 n q_H \ge\mathbf{1}_n q H ≥ 1 n , N R ( β ) ⊆ N 2 ( β ) \mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) \subseteq\mathcal{N}^{2}(\beta) N R ( β ) ⊆ N 2 ( β ) holds. From this lemma, we also get the reverse containment:
N R ( β ) ⊆ N 2 ( β ) ⊆ N R ( κ 2 1 + κ ⋅ β ) , ∀ κ ≥ κ ^ ( M ) . (13) \mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) \subseteq\mathcal{N}^{2}(\beta) \subseteq\mathcal{N}^{R}\left(\frac{\kappa}{2}\sqrt{1+\kappa}\cdot\beta\right), \qquad\forall\ \kappa\ge\widehat{\kappa}(M). \tag*{(13)} N R ( β ) ⊆ N 2 ( β ) ⊆ N R ( 2 κ 1 + κ ⋅ β ) , ∀ κ ≥ κ ( M ) . (13)
We need one more bound on the stability of Rump weights, proven in Section 5.4.
Lemma 5.7 (Stability of Rump weights). For A ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n A \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} \cap\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} A ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n , u ∈ R > 0 n u \in\mathbb{R}^{n}_{>0} u ∈ R > 0 n and U = diag ( u ) U = \operatorname{diag}(u) U = diag ( u ) , let H : = ( I n + A ) − 1 H := (I_n + A)^{-1} H := ( I n + A ) − 1 and H ′ : = ( I n + U A U ) − 1 H' := (I_n + UAU)^{-1} H ′ := ( I n + U A U ) − 1 . Then, for q H , q H ′ q_H,q_{H'} q H , q H ′ defined in Definition 5.2, we have
∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 16 K ∥ log ( u ) ∥ 1 . (14) \left\|\log q_{H'}-\log q_H\right\|_{\infty} \le16K\left\|\log(u)\right\|_1. \tag*{(14)} ∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 16 K ∥ log ( u ) ∥ 1 . (14)
Analyzing Newton steps in the Rump neighborhood
Using the properties provided in this section, we can show that Newton’s method converges in the Rump neighborhood at a rate independent of the handicap number of the input matrix. Therefore, assuming we start with a point that is in a small Rump neighborhood of the central path, running Newton’s method for O ( log log κ + log log n ) O(\log\log\kappa+\log\log n) O ( log log κ + log log n ) steps restores centrality up to inverse polynomial error. The following proposition proves quadratic convergence when centrality error is O ( n − 3 / 2 ) O(n^{-3/2}) O ( n − 3/2 ) in Rump norm. While this is not directly used in the proof of Theorem 5.1, it demonstrates the significance and role of Rump weights, and will be also needed for the improved analysis in Section 6.
Proposition 5.8 (Reducing centrality error). Let M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) and ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x,s,\mu) \in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( β ) for β ∈ ( 0 , 1 64 K 2 n 3 / 2 ] \beta\in\left(0,\frac{1}{64K^2n^{3/2}}\right] β ∈ ( 0 , 64 K 2 n 3/2 1 ] . Let ( Δ x , Δ s ) (\Delta x,\Delta s) ( Δ x , Δ s ) be the Newton step as in (11) , and ( x ′ , s ′ ) = ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s ) (x',s')=(x+\Delta x,s+\Delta s) ( x ′ , s ′ ) = ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s ) . Then ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ) ∈ N R ( 2 K 2 n 3 / 2 β 2 ) (x',s',\mu) \in\mathcal{N}^{R}(2K^2n^{3/2}\beta^2) ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ) ∈ N R ( 2 K 2 n 3/2 β 2 ) .
The proof requires the following simple technical lemma that we will also use later:
Lemma 5.9. For a matrix H = ( I n + A ) − 1 H=(I_n+A)^{-1} H = ( I n + A ) − 1 and Rump weights q H q_H q H , for any v ∈ R n v \in\mathbb{R}^n v ∈ R n we have
∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ ≤ K n 1 / 2 ⋅ ∥ Q H v ∥ 2 , and ∥ Q H ( H v ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ K 2 n 3 / 2 ∥ Q H v ∥ 2 2 . \left\|Q_HHv\right\|_{\infty} \le K n^{1/2}\cdot\left\|Q_Hv\right\|_2,\qquad\text{and}\qquad\left\|Q_H(Hv)^2\right\|_2 \le K^2n^{3/2}\left\|Q_Hv\right\|_2^2. ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ ≤ K n 1/2 ⋅ ∥ Q H v ∥ 2 , and Q H ( H v ) 2 2 ≤ K 2 n 3/2 ∥ Q H v ∥ 2 2 .
Proof. Recall that q H ≥ 1 n q_H \ge\mathbf{1}_n q H ≥ 1 n , and therefore ∥ H v ∥ ∞ ≤ ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ \left\|Hv\right\|_{\infty} \le\left\|Q_HHv\right\|_{\infty} ∥ H v ∥ ∞ ≤ ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ . By Lemma 5.4, ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ max ≤ K \left\|Q_HHQ_H^{-1}\right\|_{\max} \le K Q H H Q H − 1 m a x ≤ K . Thus, ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ 2 → ∞ ≤ K n 1 / 2 \left\|Q_HHQ_H^{-1}\right\|_{2\to\infty} \le Kn^{1/2} Q H H Q H − 1 2 → ∞ ≤ K n 1/2 , and we can bound
∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ ≤ ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ 2 → ∞ ⋅ ∥ Q H v ∥ 2 ≤ K n 1 / 2 ⋅ ∥ Q H v ∥ 2 . \left\|Q_HHv\right\|_{\infty} \le\left\|Q_HHQ_H^{-1}\right\|_{2\to\infty}\cdot\left\|Q_Hv\right\|_2 \le Kn^{1/2}\cdot\left\|Q_Hv\right\|_2. ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ ≤ Q H H Q H − 1 2 → ∞ ⋅ ∥ Q H v ∥ 2 ≤ K n 1/2 ⋅ ∥ Q H v ∥ 2 .
The second claim then follows by
∥ Q H ( H v ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ H v ∥ ∞ ∥ Q H H v ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ ∥ Q H H v ∥ 2 ≤ n 1 / 2 ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ 2 . \left\|Q_H(Hv)^2\right\|_2 \le\left\|Hv\right\|_{\infty}\left\|Q_HHv\right\|_2 \le\left\|Q_HHv\right\|_{\infty}\left\|Q_HHv\right\|_2 \le n^{1/2}\left\|Q_HHv\right\|_{\infty}^2. Q H ( H v ) 2 2 ≤ ∥ H v ∥ ∞ ∥ Q H H v ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ ∥ Q H H v ∥ 2 ≤ n 1/2 ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ 2 .
Proof of Proposition 5.8. Let us simplify the notation by setting H : = H x , μ H := H_{x,\mu} H := H x , μ , H ′ = H x ′ , μ H' = H_{x',\mu} H ′ = H x ′ , μ , err : = err ( x , s , μ ) \operatorname{err} := \operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu) err := err ( x , s , μ ) , and err ′ : = err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ) \operatorname{err}' := \operatorname{err}(x',s',\mu) err ′ := err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ) . Thus, per (11) , x ′ = x ( 1 n + H err ) x' = x(\mathbf{1}_n + H\operatorname{err}) x ′ = x ( 1 n + H err ) . By assumption, ∥ Q H H err ∥ 2 ≤ β \lVert Q_H H\operatorname{err}\rVert_2 \le\beta ∥ Q H H err ∥ 2 ≤ β . Thus, our goal is to show that ∥ Q H ′ err ′ ∥ 2 ≤ 2 K 2 n 3 / 2 β 2 \lVert Q_{H'}\operatorname{err}'\rVert_2 \le2K^2n^{3/2}\beta^2 ∥ Q H ′ err ′ ∥ 2 ≤ 2 K 2 n 3/2 β 2 .
First, let us bound the new centrality error err ′ \operatorname{err}' err ′ in the old Q H Q_H Q H norm. From Lemma 4.3, we have err ′ = ( H err ) 2 \operatorname{err}' = (H\operatorname{err})^2 err ′ = ( H err ) 2 . Then, Lemma 5.9 gives
∥ Q H err ′ ∥ 2 = ∥ Q H ( H err ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ K 2 n 3 / 2 ∥ Q H err ∥ 2 2 ≤ K 2 n 3 / 2 β 2 . (15) \lVert Q_H\operatorname{err}'\rVert_2 = \lVert Q_H(H\operatorname{err})^2\rVert_2 \le K^2n^{3/2}\lVert Q_H\operatorname{err}\rVert_2^2 \le K^2n^{3/2}\beta^2. \tag*{(15)} ∥ Q H err ′ ∥ 2 = ∥ Q H ( H err ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ K 2 n 3/2 ∥ Q H err ∥ 2 2 ≤ K 2 n 3/2 β 2 . (15)
We finish the proof by showing that when performing a Newton step in this neighborhood, Rump weights increase only by at most a constant factor. Let u : = 1 n + H err u := \mathbf{1}_n + H\operatorname{err} u := 1 n + H err denote the multiplicative change when moving from x x x to x ′ x' x ′ . Using ∣ log ( 1 + α ) ∣ ≤ 2 ∣ α ∣ \lvert\log(1+\alpha)\rvert\le2\lvert\alpha\rvert ∣ log ( 1 + α )∣ ≤ 2 ∣ α ∣ for α ≥ − 1 / 2 \alpha\ge-1/2 α ≥ − 1/2 and Lemma 5.9, we bound
∥ log u ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 ∥ u − 1 n ∥ ∞ = 2 ∥ H err ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 ∥ Q H H err ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 K n 1 / 2 ∥ Q H err ∥ 2 ≤ 2 K n 1 / 2 β . (16) \lVert\log u\rVert_\infty\le2\lVert u-\mathbf{1}_n\rVert_\infty= 2\lVert H\operatorname{err}\rVert_\infty\le2\lVert Q_HH\operatorname{err}\rVert_\infty\le2Kn^{1/2}\lVert Q_H\operatorname{err}\rVert_2 \le2Kn^{1/2}\beta. \tag*{(16)} ∥ log u ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 ∥ u − 1 n ∥ ∞ = 2 ∥ H err ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 ∥ Q H H err ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 K n 1/2 ∥ Q H err ∥ 2 ≤ 2 K n 1/2 β . (16)
Then, applying Lemma 5.7 to A : = 1 μ X M X A := \frac{1}{\mu}XMX A := μ 1 X M X , and noting that H ′ = ( I n + U A U ) − 1 H' = (I_n + UAU)^{-1} H ′ = ( I n + U A U ) − 1 for U = diag ( u ) U = \operatorname{diag}(u) U = diag ( u ) , we get
∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 16 K ∥ log u ∥ 1 ≤ 16 K ⋅ n ∥ log u ∥ ∞ ≤ 32 K 2 n 3 / 2 β ≤ 1 2 , \lVert\log q_{H'}-\log q_H\rVert_\infty\le16K\lVert\log u\rVert_1 \le16K\cdot n\lVert\log u\rVert_\infty\le32K^2n^{3/2}\beta\le\frac{1}{2}, ∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 16 K ∥ log u ∥ 1 ≤ 16 K ⋅ n ∥ log u ∥ ∞ ≤ 32 K 2 n 3/2 β ≤ 2 1 ,
by the range of β \beta β . Consequently, ∥ q H ′ / q H ∥ ∞ ≤ e 1 / 2 < 2 \lVert q_{H'}/q_H\rVert_\infty\le e^{1/2}<2 ∥ q H ′ / q H ∥ ∞ ≤ e 1/2 < 2 . Following (15) , ∥ Q H ′ err ′ ∥ ≤ 2 ∥ Q H err ′ ∥ ≤ 2 K 2 n 3 / 2 β 2 \lVert Q_{H'}\operatorname{err}'\rVert\le2\lVert Q_H\operatorname{err}'\rVert\le2K^2n^{3/2}\beta^2 ∥ Q H ′ err ′ ∥ ≤ 2 ∥ Q H err ′ ∥ ≤ 2 K 2 n 3/2 β 2 . □ \square □
Therefore, starting from a point in the O ( n − 3 / 2 ) O(n^{-3/2}) O ( n − 3/2 ) Rump neighborhood, Newton’s method yields a contraction in Rump norm. This alone already gives an O ~ ( n 2 1 + κ ) \widetilde{O}(n^2\sqrt{1+\kappa}) O ( n 2 1 + κ ) bound on the number of iterations required to reduce complementarity gap by a constant factor, since reducing μ \mu μ by a factor of 1 + δ 1+\delta 1 + δ from exact centrality introduces an error whose Rump norm is δ ∥ Q H 1 n ∥ = δ ∥ q H ∥ = δ ⋅ O ( n 1 / 2 1 + κ ) \delta\lVert Q_H\mathbf{1}_n\rVert= \delta\lVert q_H\rVert= \delta\cdot O(n^{1/2}\sqrt{1+\kappa}) δ ∥ Q H 1 n ∥ = δ ∥ q H ∥ = δ ⋅ O ( n 1/2 1 + κ ) , per Lemma 5.6, so we can use Proposition 5.8 to restore centrality after setting δ = O ( 1 / ( n 2 1 + κ ) ) \delta= O(1/(n^2\sqrt{1+\kappa})) δ = O ( 1/ ( n 2 1 + κ )) . In what follows, we provide a tighter analysis which shows an improved bound on the iteration count.
Proof of Theorem 5.1
The proof of Theorem 5.1 hinges on Lemma 5.10. Starting from a sufficiently small Rump norm neighborhood of radius O ( n − 3 / 2 ) O(n^{-3/2}) O ( n − 3/2 ) , we can reduce the centrality parameter μ \mu μ by a factor of 1 + δ 1+\delta 1 + δ , where δ = 1 / Ω ( n 5 / 4 1 + κ ) \delta= 1/\Omega(n^{5/4}\sqrt{1+\kappa}) δ = 1/Ω ( n 5/4 1 + κ ) , and take a single Newton step that returns to the same neighborhood. The improvement over the analysis sketched in the overview comes from bounding the centrality error after this step, which permits a larger decrease in μ \mu μ .
Lemma 5.10 (Progress lemma). Let M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M \in\mathcal{P}_\star(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) , and ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x,s,\mu) \in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( β ) for β ∈ ( 0 , 1 16384 n 3 / 2 ] \beta\in\left(0,\frac{1}{16384n^{3/2}}\right] β ∈ ( 0 , 16384 n 3/2 1 ] . Let μ ′ = μ 1 + δ \mu' = \frac{\mu}{1+\delta} μ ′ = 1 + δ μ for 0 < δ ≤ β 1024 n ( 1 + κ ) 0 < \delta\le\sqrt{\frac{\beta}{1024n(1+\kappa)}} 0 < δ ≤ 1024 n ( 1 + κ ) β and ( Δ x , Δ s ) (\Delta x,\Delta s) ( Δ x , Δ s ) be the Newton step towards μ ′ \mu' μ ′ ,
Δ x x = H x , μ ′ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) , Δ s = M Δ x , \frac{\Delta x}{x} = H_{x,\mu'}\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu'),\qquad\Delta s = M\Delta x, x Δ x = H x , μ ′ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) , Δ s = M Δ x , and let ( x ′ , s ′ ) = ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s ) (x',s')=(x+\Delta x,s+\Delta s) ( x ′ , s ′ ) = ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s ) . Then, ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x',s',\mu')\in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) .
Proof. Since ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x,s,\mu)\in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( β ) , ∥ Q H x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ ≤ β \lVert Q_{H_{x,\mu}}\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert\le\beta ∥ Q H x , μ err ( x , s , μ )∥ ≤ β . After scaling down the centrality parameter to μ ′ = μ 1 + δ \mu'=\frac{\mu}{1+\delta} μ ′ = 1 + δ μ , we apply Lemma 5.7 to A : = 1 μ X M X A:=\frac{1}{\mu}XMX A := μ 1 X M X , u = 1 + δ 1 n u=\sqrt{1+\delta}\mathbf{1}_n u = 1 + δ 1 n and U = diag ( u ) = 1 + δ ⋅ I n U=\operatorname{diag}(u)=\sqrt{1+\delta}\cdot I_n U = diag ( u ) = 1 + δ ⋅ I n , and obtain that the new Rump weights satisfy
∥ log q H x , μ ′ − log q H x , μ ∥ ∞ ≤ 16 K n log 1 + δ ≤ 8 K n δ . \lVert\log q_{H_{x,\mu'}}-\log q_{H_{x,\mu}}\rVert_\infty\le16K n\log\sqrt{1+\delta}\le8Kn\delta. ∥ log q H x , μ ′ − log q H x , μ ∥ ∞ ≤ 16 K n log 1 + δ ≤ 8 K n δ .
Thus, by the range of δ \delta δ ,
q H x , μ ′ ≤ exp ( 8 K n δ ) ⋅ q H x , μ ≤ 2 q H x , μ . (17) q_{H_{x,\mu'}}\le\exp(8Kn\delta)\cdot q_{H_{x,\mu}}\le2q_{H_{x,\mu}}. \tag*{(17)} q H x , μ ′ ≤ exp ( 8 K n δ ) ⋅ q H x , μ ≤ 2 q H x , μ . (17)
From here on to simplify notation we will denote H : = H x , μ ′ H:=H_{x,\mu'} H := H x , μ ′ and H ′ : = H x ′ , μ ′ H':=H_{x',\mu'} H ′ := H x ′ , μ ′ . With this notation and the bound from (17) , we have that
∥ Q H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 β . (18) \lVert Q_H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_2\le2\beta. \tag*{(18)} ∥ Q H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 β . (18)
Furthermore, one has that
err ( x , s , μ ′ ) = 1 n − x s μ ′ = 1 n − ( 1 + δ ) x s μ = ( 1 + δ ) ( 1 n − x s μ ) − δ 1 n = ( 1 + δ ) ⋅ err ( x , s , μ ) − δ 1 n . (19) \operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')=\mathbf{1}_n-\frac{xs}{\mu'}=\mathbf{1}_n-(1+\delta)\frac{xs}{\mu}=(1+\delta)\left(\mathbf{1}_n-\frac{xs}{\mu}\right)-\delta\mathbf{1}_n=(1+\delta)\cdot\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)-\delta\mathbf{1}_n. \tag*{(19)} err ( x , s , μ ′ ) = 1 n − μ ′ x s = 1 n − ( 1 + δ ) μ x s = ( 1 + δ ) ( 1 n − μ x s ) − δ 1 n = ( 1 + δ ) ⋅ err ( x , s , μ ) − δ 1 n . (19)
After taking a Newton step from this point, per Lemma 4.3 , we reach a new point with centrality error
err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) = ( H err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ) 2 = ( H ( ( 1 + δ ) err ( x , s , μ ) − δ 1 n ) ) 2 . (20) \operatorname{err}(x',s',\mu')=\left(H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\right)^2=\left(H\left((1+\delta)\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)-\delta1_n\right)\right)^2 . \tag*{(20)} err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) = ( H err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ) 2 = ( H ( ( 1 + δ ) err ( x , s , μ ) − δ 1 n ) ) 2 . (20)
We will show that this new error has small Rump norm for our choice of δ \delta δ , so we could continue reducing error toward zero via repeated applications of Proposition 5.8. While it turns out that further centering steps are not necessary, this shows that controlling the Rump norm of the error after one Newton step, which is essentially determined by δ 2 ∥ Q H ′ ( H 1 n ) 2 ∥ \delta^2\lVert Q_{H'}(H1_n)^2\rVert δ 2 ∥ Q H ′ ( H 1 n ) 2 ∥ , allows for a larger step size. Formally, using (20) and AM-GM inequality, we have
∥ Q H err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 = ∥ Q H ( ( 1 + δ ) H err ( x , s , μ ) − δ H 1 n ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ 2 δ 2 ∥ Q H ( H 1 n ) 2 ∥ 2 + 2 ( 1 + δ ) 2 ∥ Q H ( H err ( x , s , μ ) ) 2 ∥ 2 . (21) \left\lVert Q_{H}\operatorname{err}(x',s',\mu')\right\rVert_2
=
\left\lVert Q_{H}\left((1+\delta)H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)-\delta H1_n\right)^2\right\rVert_2
\le2\delta^2\left\lVert Q_{H}(H1_n)^2\right\rVert_2+2(1+\delta)^2\left\lVert Q_{H}(H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu))^2\right\rVert_2 . \tag*{(21)} ∥ Q H err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 = Q H ( ( 1 + δ ) H err ( x , s , μ ) − δ H 1 n ) 2 2 ≤ 2 δ 2 Q H ( H 1 n ) 2 2 + 2 ( 1 + δ ) 2 Q H ( H err ( x , s , μ ) ) 2 2 . (21)
First, noting that ∥ H ∥ 2 → 2 ≤ 1 + κ \lVert H\rVert_{2\to2}\le\sqrt{1+\kappa} ∥ H ∥ 2 → 2 ≤ 1 + κ by Theorem 1.1, we bound
∥ H 1 n ∥ 2 ≤ ( 1 + κ ) n (22) \lVert H1_n\rVert_2\le\sqrt{(1+\kappa)n} \tag*{(22)} ∥ H 1 n ∥ 2 ≤ ( 1 + κ ) n (22)
Combining this with ∥ Q H H 1 n ∥ ∞ ≤ κ 2 2 ⋅ ( 1 + κ ) n \lVert Q_HH1_n\rVert_\infty\le\frac{\kappa^2}{2}\cdot\sqrt{(1+\kappa)n} ∥ Q H H 1 n ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 κ 2 ⋅ ( 1 + κ ) n from Lemma 5.6 , we can bound the first term as
∥ Q H ( H 1 n ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ Q H H 1 n ∥ ∞ ∥ H 1 n ∥ 2 ≤ κ 2 2 ( 1 + κ ) n . (23) \left\lVert Q_H(H1_n)^2\right\rVert_2\le\lVert Q_HH1_n\rVert_\infty\lVert H1_n\rVert_2\le\frac{\kappa^2}{2}(1+\kappa)n . \tag*{(23)} Q H ( H 1 n ) 2 2 ≤ ∥ Q H H 1 n ∥ ∞ ∥ H 1 n ∥ 2 ≤ 2 κ 2 ( 1 + κ ) n . (23)
We can bound the error term by using Lemma 5.9 and (18) :
∥ Q H ( H err ( x , s , μ ) ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ κ 2 n 3 / 2 ∥ Q H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 2 ≤ 4 κ 2 n 3 / 2 β 2 . (24) \left\lVert Q_H(H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu))^2\right\rVert_2\le\kappa^2n^{3/2}\lVert Q_H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_2^2\le4\kappa^2n^{3/2}\beta^2 . \tag*{(24)} Q H ( H err ( x , s , μ ) ) 2 2 ≤ κ 2 n 3/2 ∥ Q H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 2 ≤ 4 κ 2 n 3/2 β 2 . (24)
Following (21) , we combine (23) and (24) to obtain
∥ Q H err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ δ 2 ⋅ κ 2 ( 1 + κ ) n + 8 ( 1 + δ ) 2 ⋅ κ 2 n 3 / 2 β 2 . \left\lVert Q_H\operatorname{err}(x',s',\mu')\right\rVert_2\le\delta^2\cdot\kappa^2(1+\kappa)n+8(1+\delta)^2\cdot\kappa^2n^{3/2}\beta^2 . ∥ Q H err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ δ 2 ⋅ κ 2 ( 1 + κ ) n + 8 ( 1 + δ ) 2 ⋅ κ 2 n 3/2 β 2 .
Since 0 < δ ≤ β 1024 n ( 1 + κ ) 0<\delta\le\sqrt{\frac{\beta}{1024n(1+\kappa)}} 0 < δ ≤ 1024 n ( 1 + κ ) β , and 0 < β ≤ 1 16384 n 3 / 2 0<\beta\le\frac{1}{16384n^{3/2}} 0 < β ≤ 16384 n 3/2 1 , we can further upper bound
∥ Q H err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ κ 2 β 1024 + 9 κ 2 β 2 n 3 / 2 ≤ β 16 + β 4 ≤ β 2 . (25) \left\lVert Q_H\operatorname{err}(x',s',\mu')\right\rVert_2\le\frac{\kappa^2\beta}{1024}+\frac{9\kappa^2\beta^2n^{3/2}}{} \le\frac{\beta}{16}+\frac{\beta}{4}\le\frac{\beta}{2}. \tag*{(25)} ∥ Q H err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 1024 κ 2 β + 9 κ 2 β 2 n 3/2 ≤ 16 β + 4 β ≤ 2 β . (25)
Finally, to bound the final Rump weights q H ′ q_{H'} q H ′ , we apply Lemma 5.7 to u = 1 n + H err ( x , s , μ ′ ) u=1_n+H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu') u = 1 n + H err ( x , s , μ ′ ) and A = 1 μ ′ X M X A=\frac{1}{\mu'}XMX A = μ ′ 1 X M X . Since ∣ log ( 1 + a ) ∣ ≤ 2 ∣ a ∣ |\log(1+a)|\le2|a| ∣ log ( 1 + a ) ∣ ≤ 2∣ a ∣ for a ≥ − 1 / 2 a\ge-1/2 a ≥ − 1/2 , we have ∥ log ( u ) ∥ 1 ≤ 2 ∥ H err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 1 \lVert\log(u)\rVert_1\le2\lVert H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\rVert_1 ∥ log ( u ) ∥ 1 ≤ 2 ∥ H err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 1 . From (19) ,
∥ H err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 1 ≤ ( 1 + δ ) ∥ H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 1 + δ ∥ H 1 n ∥ 1 \lVert H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\rVert_1\le(1+\delta)\lVert H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_1+\delta\lVert H1_n\rVert_1 ∥ H err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 1 ≤ ( 1 + δ ) ∥ H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 1 + δ ∥ H 1 n ∥ 1
We bound the first term using Lemma 5.9 and the second term from (22) , respectively. From Lemma 5.9, we get
∥ H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 1 ≤ ∥ Q H H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 1 ≤ n ∥ Q H H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ κ n 3 / 2 ∥ Q H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 κ n 3 / 2 β , \lVert H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_1\le\lVert Q_HH\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_1\le n\lVert Q_HH\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_\infty\le\kappa n^{3/2}\lVert Q_H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_2\le2\kappa n^{3/2}\beta, ∥ H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 1 ≤ ∥ Q H H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 1 ≤ n ∥ Q H H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ ∞ ≤ κ n 3/2 ∥ Q H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 κ n 3/2 β ,
and from (22) , we get ∥ H 1 n ∥ 1 ≤ n 1 + κ \lVert H1_n\rVert_1\le n\sqrt{1+\kappa} ∥ H 1 n ∥ 1 ≤ n 1 + κ . Hence, using the assumed bounds on δ \delta δ and β \beta β , we get
∥ H err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 1 ≤ 2 ( 1 + δ ) κ n 3 / 2 β + δ n 1 + κ ≤ 2.5 κ n 3 / 2 β + β n 1024 < 1 512 . \lVert H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\rVert_1\le2(1+\delta)\kappa n^{3/2}\beta+\delta n\sqrt{1+\kappa}\le2.5\kappa n^{3/2}\beta+\sqrt{\frac{\beta n}{1024}}<\frac{1}{512}. ∥ H err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 1 ≤ 2 ( 1 + δ ) κ n 3/2 β + δ n 1 + κ ≤ 2.5 κ n 3/2 β + 1024 β n < 512 1 .
Substituting this to Lemma 5.7 , we get
∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 16 κ ∥ log ( u ) ∥ 1 ≤ 32 κ ∥ H err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 1 < 1 2 , \lVert\log q_{H'}-\log q_H\rVert_\infty\le16\kappa\lVert\log(u)\rVert_1\le32\kappa\lVert H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\rVert_1<\frac{1}{2}, ∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 16 κ ∥ log ( u ) ∥ 1 ≤ 32 κ ∥ H err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 1 < 2 1 ,
so q H ′ ≤ exp ( 1 / 2 ) ⋅ q H ≤ 2 q H q_{H'}\le\exp(1/2)\cdot q_H\le2q_H q H ′ ≤ exp ( 1/2 ) ⋅ q H ≤ 2 q H . Together with (25) , we get ∥ Q H ′ err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 ∥ Q H err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ β \lVert Q_{H'}\operatorname{err}(x',s',\mu')\rVert_2\le2\lVert Q_H\operatorname{err}(x',s',\mu')\rVert_2\le\beta ∥ Q H ′ err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 ∥ Q H err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ β . □
We are now ready to prove Theorem 5.1.
Proof of Theorem 5.1. We show inductively that for the specified choices of β \beta β and δ \delta δ , every iterate of Algorithm 1 belongs to N R ( β ) \mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) N R ( β ) . This holds initially by the condition on ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) (x^0,s^0,\mu_0) ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) . Given ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x,s,\mu)\in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( β ) , the algorithm sets μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) \mu'=\mu/(1+\delta) μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) and takes one Newton step towards μ ′ \mu' μ ′ . Since β \beta β and δ \delta δ satisfy the conditions in Lemma 5.10 , we get ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x',s',\mu')\in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) by Lemma 5.10 , completing the induction. By the choice of δ \delta δ , the number of iterations is O ( δ − 1 log ( μ 0 / μ 1 ) ) = O ( n 5 / 4 1 + κ log ( μ 0 / μ 1 ) ) O(\delta^{-1}\log(\mu_0/\mu_1))=O(n^{5/4}\sqrt{1+\kappa}\log(\mu_0/\mu_1)) O ( δ − 1 log ( μ 0 / μ 1 )) = O ( n 5/4 1 + κ log ( μ 0 / μ 1 )) , giving the iteration bound. Note that the algorithm never needs to compute the weights q H q_H q H , they are used only for the analysis. The runtime of every step is dominated by the Newton step, which is computed by solving a structured linear system. □
Bounding the Rump weights
In what follows, we derive the technical lemmas needed to prove Lemma 5.6 . We start with a simple corollary of Theorem 1.1.
Corollary 5.11. Let A ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) A \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) A ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) , and D ∈ D > 0 n D \in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^{n} D ∈ D > 0 n . Then,
∥ ( D + A ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + κ min i ∈ [ n ] d i . \left\|(D+A)^{-1}\right\|_{2} \leq\frac{\sqrt{1+\kappa}}{\min_{i\in[n]}d_i}. ( D + A ) − 1 2 ≤ min i ∈ [ n ] d i 1 + κ .
Proof. We write D + A = D 1 / 2 ( I n + D − 1 / 2 A D − 1 / 2 ) D 1 / 2 D+A=D^{1/2}(I_n+D^{-1/2}AD^{-1/2})D^{1/2} D + A = D 1/2 ( I n + D − 1/2 A D − 1/2 ) D 1/2 . Noting that the expression in Theorem 1.1 can be upper bounded by 1 + κ \sqrt{1+\kappa} 1 + κ , we get
∥ ( D + A ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ D − 1 / 2 ∥ 2 2 1 + κ ≤ 1 + κ min i ∈ [ n ] d i . \left\|(D+A)^{-1}\right\|_{2}\leq\left\|D^{-1/2}\right\|_{2}^{2}\sqrt{1+\kappa}\leq\frac{\sqrt{1+\kappa}}{\min_{i\in[n]}d_i}. ( D + A ) − 1 2 ≤ D − 1/2 2 2 1 + κ ≤ min i ∈ [ n ] d i 1 + κ .
We use this to derive the next technical lemma that shows stability of ρ 0 S ( ( I + A ) − 1 ) \rho^S_0((I+A)^{-1}) ρ 0 S (( I + A ) − 1 ) under column changes.
Lemma 5.12. Let A ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) A\in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) A ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) , H : = ( I n + A ) − 1 H:=(I_n+A)^{-1} H := ( I n + A ) − 1 and u ∈ R n u\in\mathbb{R}^n u ∈ R n . For k ∈ [ n ] k\in[n] k ∈ [ n ] , let M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n be defined by replacing the k k k -th column of H H H by H u Hu H u ; that is, M ∙ k = H u M_{\bullet k}=Hu M ∙ k = H u and M ∙ i = H ∙ i M_{\bullet i}=H_{\bullet i} M ∙ i = H ∙ i for i ≠ k i\ne k i = k . Then,
ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 + 1 + κ ⋅ ∥ u ∥ 2 . \rho^S_0(M)\leq1+\sqrt{1+\kappa}\cdot\|u\|_2. ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 + 1 + κ ⋅ ∥ u ∥ 2 .
Proof. The claim is trivial if ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 \rho^S_0(M)\leq1 ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 , so we assume ρ 0 S ( M ) > 1 \rho^S_0(M)>1 ρ 0 S ( M ) > 1 . Let λ : = ρ 0 S ( M ) \lambda:=\rho^S_0(M) λ := ρ 0 S ( M ) . Thus, there exists a diagonal S ∈ diag { ± 1 } S\in\operatorname{diag}\{\pm1\} S ∈ diag { ± 1 } and v ∈ R n v\in\mathbb{R}^n v ∈ R n such that S M v = λ v SMv=\lambda v S M v = λ v . Letting v ′ = S v v'=Sv v ′ = S v , this is equivalent to M S v ′ = λ v ′ MSv'=\lambda v' M S v ′ = λ v ′ . Multiplying both sides by H − 1 = ( I + A ) H^{-1}=(I+A) H − 1 = ( I + A ) from the left and rearranging, we get
( I n + A − 1 λ H − 1 M S ) v ′ = 0 n . \left(I_n+A-\frac{1}{\lambda}H^{-1}MS\right)v'=0_n. ( I n + A − λ 1 H − 1 M S ) v ′ = 0 n .
Note that ( H − 1 M ) ∙ i = e i (H^{-1}M)_{\bullet i}=e_i ( H − 1 M ) ∙ i = e i for i ≠ k i\ne k i = k and ( H − 1 M ) ∙ k = H − 1 H u = u (H^{-1}M)_{\bullet k}=H^{-1}Hu=u ( H − 1 M ) ∙ k = H − 1 H u = u . Defining the diagonal matrix D ∈ R n × n D\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} D ∈ R n × n by D i i : = 1 − S i i λ > 0 D_{ii}:=1-\frac{S_{ii}}{\lambda}>0 D ii := 1 − λ S ii > 0 for i ≠ k i\ne k i = k and D k k : = 1 D_{kk}:=1 D k k := 1 , we get
( D + A ) v ′ = S k k v k ′ λ ⋅ u , (D+A)v'=\frac{S_{kk}v'_k}{\lambda}\cdot u, ( D + A ) v ′ = λ S k k v k ′ ⋅ u ,
that is,
v ′ = S k k v k ′ λ ⋅ ( D + A ) − 1 u . v'=\frac{S_{kk}v'_k}{\lambda}\cdot(D+A)^{-1}u. v ′ = λ S k k v k ′ ⋅ ( D + A ) − 1 u .
By Corollary 5.11, we have ∥ ( D + A ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ λ λ − 1 ⋅ 1 + κ \left\|(D+A)^{-1}\right\|_2\leq\frac{\lambda}{\lambda-1}\cdot\sqrt{1+\kappa} ( D + A ) − 1 2 ≤ λ − 1 λ ⋅ 1 + κ , and thus
∥ v ′ ∥ 2 ≤ ∣ S k k v k ′ ∣ λ ⋅ ∥ ( D + A ) − 1 ∥ 2 ⋅ ∥ u ∥ 2 ≤ ∣ v k ′ ∣ λ − 1 ⋅ 1 + κ ⋅ ∥ u ∥ 2 , \|v'\|_2\leq\frac{|S_{kk}v'_k|}{\lambda}\cdot\left\|(D+A)^{-1}\right\|_2\cdot\|u\|_2\leq\frac{|v'_k|}{\lambda-1}\cdot\sqrt{1+\kappa}\cdot\|u\|_2, ∥ v ′ ∥ 2 ≤ λ ∣ S k k v k ′ ∣ ⋅ ( D + A ) − 1 2 ⋅ ∥ u ∥ 2 ≤ λ − 1 ∣ v k ′ ∣ ⋅ 1 + κ ⋅ ∥ u ∥ 2 ,
implying 1 ≤ 1 λ − 1 ⋅ 1 + κ ⋅ ∥ u ∥ 2 1\leq\frac{1}{\lambda-1}\cdot\sqrt{1+\kappa}\cdot\|u\|_2 1 ≤ λ − 1 1 ⋅ 1 + κ ⋅ ∥ u ∥ 2 , and hence, λ ≤ 1 + 1 + κ ∥ u ∥ 2 \lambda\leq1+\sqrt{1+\kappa}\|u\|_2 λ ≤ 1 + 1 + κ ∥ u ∥ 2 , as claimed.
We can now prove Lemma 5.6.
Lemma 5.6 (Bounding Rump weights). For A ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) A\in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) A ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) and H = ( I n + A ) − 1 H=(I_n+A)^{-1} H = ( I n + A ) − 1 , let Q H = diag ( q H ) Q_H=\operatorname{diag}(q_H) Q H = diag ( q H ) be defined as in Definition 5.2 . Then, ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ ≤ K 2 2 1 + κ ∥ v ∥ 2 \|Q_HHv\|_{\infty}\leq\frac{K^2}{2}\sqrt{1+\kappa}\|v\|_2 ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 K 2 1 + κ ∥ v ∥ 2 for all v ∈ R n v\in\mathbb{R}^n v ∈ R n and 1 n ≤ q H ≤ K 2 1 + κ ⋅ 1 n \mathbf{1}_n\leq q_H\leq\frac{K}{2}\sqrt{1+\kappa}\cdot\mathbf{1}_n 1 n ≤ q H ≤ 2 K 1 + κ ⋅ 1 n .
Proof. We can w.l.o.g. assume that ∥ v ∥ 2 = 1 \|v\|_2=1 ∥ v ∥ 2 = 1 and let τ : = 1 + κ \tau:=\sqrt{1+\kappa} τ := 1 + κ . We first prove that
∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ ≤ K 2 2 ⋅ τ ⋅ ∥ v ∥ 2 , ∀ v ∈ R n . (26) \|Q_HHv\|_{\infty}\leq\frac{K^2}{2}\cdot\tau\cdot\|v\|_2,\qquad\forall v\in\mathbb{R}^n. \tag*{(26)} ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 K 2 ⋅ τ ⋅ ∥ v ∥ 2 , ∀ v ∈ R n . (26)
Let us fix some index ℓ ∈ [ n ] \ell\in[n] ℓ ∈ [ n ] . Thus, we need to prove q H ( ℓ ) ∣ ( H v ) ℓ ∣ ≤ K 2 τ / 2 q_H(\ell)|(Hv)_{\ell}|\leq K^2\tau/2 q H ( ℓ ) ∣ ( H v ) ℓ ∣ ≤ K 2 τ /2 . Recall that ( q H ) ℓ ≥ 1 (q_H)_{\ell}\geq1 ( q H ) ℓ ≥ 1 . If q H ( ℓ ) = 1 q_H(\ell)=1 q H ( ℓ ) = 1 , then this follows since ∥ H v ∥ 2 ≤ τ \|Hv\|_2\leq\tau ∥ H v ∥ 2 ≤ τ according to Theorem 1.1. Otherwise, q H ( ℓ ) q_H(\ell) q H ( ℓ ) is obtained as the product of the weights w i j = ∣ H i j ∣ / K w_{ij}=|H_{ij}|/K w ij = ∣ H ij ∣/ K along a simple path P P P ending in ℓ \ell ℓ ; let k k k denote the starting point of this path. Let us now construct the matrix M M M by replacing the k k k -th column of H H H by 2 H v / ( K τ ) 2Hv/(K\tau) 2 H v / ( K τ ) . Then by Lemma 5.12 , with u = 2 v / ( K τ ) u=2v/(K\tau) u = 2 v / ( K τ ) where ∥ v ∥ 2 = 1 \lVert v\rVert_2=1 ∥ v ∥ 2 = 1 , we have
ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 + τ ∥ u ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + 2 K . \rho_0^S(M) \le1+\tau\lVert u\rVert_2 \le1+\frac{2}{K}. ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 + τ ∥ u ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + K 2 .
Then using Theorem 2.10 , ζ ( M ) ≤ ( K − 2 ) ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ ( K − 2 ) ( 1 + 2 / K ) < K \zeta(M)\le(K-2)\rho_0^S(M)\le(K-2)(1+2/K)<K ζ ( M ) ≤ ( K − 2 ) ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ ( K − 2 ) ( 1 + 2/ K ) < K . Let us define w i j ′ = ∣ M i j ∣ / K w'_{ij}=|M_{ij}|/K w ij ′ = ∣ M ij ∣/ K . For all i ∈ [ n ] i\in[n] i ∈ [ n ] , we have w i j ′ = w i j w'_{ij}=w_{ij} w ij ′ = w ij for j ≠ k j\ne k j = k , and w i k ′ : = 2 ∣ ( H v ) i ∣ / ( K 2 τ ) w'_{ik}:=2|(Hv)_i|/(K^2\tau) w ik ′ := 2∣ ( H v ) i ∣/ ( K 2 τ ) . Consider now the cycle C C C obtained by concatenating the k − ℓ k-\ell k − ℓ path P P P with the arc ( ℓ , k ) (\ell,k) ( ℓ , k ) . We have
1 > ζ ( M ) K ≥ ∏ e ∈ C w e ′ = 2 ∣ ( H v ) ℓ ∣ K 2 τ ⋅ ∏ e ∈ P w e = 2 ∣ ( H v ) ℓ ∣ K 2 τ ⋅ q H ( ℓ ) . 1>\frac{\zeta(M)}{K}\ge\prod_{e\in C}w'_e=\frac{2|(Hv)_\ell|}{K^2\tau}\cdot\prod_{e\in P}w_e=\frac{2|(Hv)_\ell|}{K^2\tau}\cdot q_H(\ell). 1 > K ζ ( M ) ≥ e ∈ C ∏ w e ′ = K 2 τ 2∣ ( H v ) ℓ ∣ ⋅ e ∈ P ∏ w e = K 2 τ 2∣ ( H v ) ℓ ∣ ⋅ q H ( ℓ ) .
Thus, q H ( ℓ ) ∣ ( H v ) ℓ ∣ ≤ K 2 τ / 2 q_H(\ell)|(Hv)_\ell|\le K^2\tau/2 q H ( ℓ ) ∣ ( H v ) ℓ ∣ ≤ K 2 τ /2 as claimed.
The first part of the lemma follows since ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ = max ℓ ∈ [ n ] q H ( ℓ ) ∣ ( H v ) ℓ ∣ ≤ K 2 2 τ \lVert Q_HHv\rVert_\infty=\max_{\ell\in[n]}q_H(\ell)|(Hv)_\ell|\le\frac{K^2}{2}\tau ∥ Q H H v ∥ ∞ = max ℓ ∈ [ n ] q H ( ℓ ) ∣ ( H v ) ℓ ∣ ≤ 2 K 2 τ . For the second part, let ℓ ∈ [ n ] \ell\in[n] ℓ ∈ [ n ] . We have q H ( ℓ ) ≥ 1 q_H(\ell)\ge1 q H ( ℓ ) ≥ 1 by definition. If q H ( ℓ ) > 1 q_H(\ell)>1 q H ( ℓ ) > 1 , then q H ( ℓ ) = q H ( j ) ∣ H j ℓ ∣ / K q_H(\ell)=q_H(j)|H_{j\ell}|/K q H ( ℓ ) = q H ( j ) ∣ H j ℓ ∣/ K for some j ≠ ℓ j\ne\ell j = ℓ . Setting v = e ℓ v=e_\ell v = e ℓ , (26) yields
K 2 2 τ ≥ q H ( j ) ∣ ( H v ) j ∣ = q H ( j ) ∣ H j ℓ ∣ = K q H ( ℓ ) , \frac{K^2}{2}\tau\ge q_H(j)|(Hv)_j|=q_H(j)|H_{j\ell}|=Kq_H(\ell), 2 K 2 τ ≥ q H ( j ) ∣ ( H v ) j ∣ = q H ( j ) ∣ H j ℓ ∣ = K q H ( ℓ ) ,
which implies q H ( ℓ ) ≤ K τ / 2 q_H(\ell)\le K\tau/2 q H ( ℓ ) ≤ K τ /2 . Since this holds for all ℓ ∈ [ n ] \ell\in[n] ℓ ∈ [ n ] , q H ≤ K 2 τ 1 n q_H\le\frac{K}{2}\tau\mathbf{1}_n q H ≤ 2 K τ 1 n .
Stability of Rump weights
Lemma 5.7. (Stability of Rump weights ). For A ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n A\in\mathcal{P}_\star\cap\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} A ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n , u ∈ R > 0 n u\in\mathbb{R}^n_{>0} u ∈ R > 0 n and U = diag ( u ) U=\operatorname{diag}(u) U = diag ( u ) , let H : = ( I n + A ) − 1 H:=(I_n+A)^{-1} H := ( I n + A ) − 1 and H ′ : = ( I n + U A U ) − 1 H':=(I_n+UAU)^{-1} H ′ := ( I n + U A U ) − 1 . Then, for q H , q H ′ q_H,q_{H'} q H , q H ′ defined in Definition 5.2 , we have
∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 16 K ∥ log ( u ) ∥ 1 . (27) \lVert\log q_{H'}-\log q_H\rVert_\infty\le16K\lVert\log(u)\rVert_1. \tag*{(27)} ∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 16 K ∥ log ( u ) ∥ 1 . (27)
To prove the lemma, we will rely on a few helper statements. Let z : = log u z:=\log u z := log u , and Z : = diag ( z ) Z:=\operatorname{diag}(z) Z := diag ( z ) . For t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] t\in[0,1] t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , define A ( t ) : = e t Z A e t Z A(t):=e^{tZ}Ae^{tZ} A ( t ) := e tZ A e tZ , H ( t ) : = ( I n + A ( t ) ) − 1 H(t):=(I_n+A(t))^{-1} H ( t ) := ( I n + A ( t ) ) − 1 , and d ( t ) : = q H ( t ) d(t):=q_{H(t)} d ( t ) := q H ( t ) .
Since A ( t ) A(t) A ( t ) is sufficient, the matrix H ( t ) H(t) H ( t ) is well defined. Note that H ( 0 ) = H H(0)=H H ( 0 ) = H and H ( 1 ) = H ′ H(1)=H' H ( 1 ) = H ′ . We will bound the entries of H ( 1 ) H(1) H ( 1 ) by studying its derivatives along the path H ( t ) H(t) H ( t ) . To do so, we first differentiate A ( t ) A(t) A ( t ) , which gives
A ˙ ( t ) = Z A ( t ) + A ( t ) Z . (28) \dot{A}(t)=ZA(t)+A(t)Z. \tag*{(28)} A ˙ ( t ) = Z A ( t ) + A ( t ) Z . (28)
Using this fact we can study the change of H ( t ) H(t) H ( t ) .
Claim 5.13. The matrix H ( t ) H(t) H ( t ) is continuously differentiable on t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] t\in[0,1] t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] and
H ˙ ( t ) = − H ( t ) Z − Z H ( t ) + 2 H ( t ) Z H ( t ) , for all t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] . \dot{H}(t)=-H(t)Z-ZH(t)+2H(t)ZH(t),\qquad\text{for all }t\in[0,1]. H ˙ ( t ) = − H ( t ) Z − Z H ( t ) + 2 H ( t ) Z H ( t ) , for all t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] .
Proof. Recalling that H ( t ) = ( I n + A ( t ) ) − 1 H(t)=(I_n+A(t))^{-1} H ( t ) = ( I n + A ( t ) ) − 1 , we differentiate both sides of ( I n + A ( t ) ) H ( t ) = I n (I_n+A(t))H(t)=I_n ( I n + A ( t )) H ( t ) = I n , giving A ˙ ( t ) H ( t ) + ( I n + A ( t ) ) H ˙ ( t ) = 0 \dot{A}(t)H(t)+(I_n+A(t))\dot{H}(t)=0 A ˙ ( t ) H ( t ) + ( I n + A ( t )) H ˙ ( t ) = 0 . Then, using (28) , we have
H ˙ ( t ) = − ( I n + A ( t ) ) − 1 A ˙ ( t ) H ( t ) = − H ( t ) A ˙ ( t ) H ( t ) = − H ( t ) ( Z A ( t ) + A ( t ) Z ) H ( t ) . \dot{H}(t)=-(I_n+A(t))^{-1}\dot{A}(t)H(t)=-H(t)\dot{A}(t)H(t)=-H(t)(ZA(t)+A(t)Z)H(t). H ˙ ( t ) = − ( I n + A ( t ) ) − 1 A ˙ ( t ) H ( t ) = − H ( t ) A ˙ ( t ) H ( t ) = − H ( t ) ( Z A ( t ) + A ( t ) Z ) H ( t ) .
Since A ( t ) H ( t ) = H ( t ) A ( t ) = I n − H ( t ) A(t)H(t)=H(t)A(t)=I_n-H(t) A ( t ) H ( t ) = H ( t ) A ( t ) = I n − H ( t ) ,
H ˙ ( t ) = − H ( t ) Z A ( t ) H ( t ) − H ( t ) A ( t ) Z H ( t ) = − H ( t ) Z ( I n − H ( t ) ) − ( I n − H ( t ) ) Z H ( t ) = − H ( t ) Z − Z H ( t ) + 2 H ( t ) Z H ( t ) , (29) \begin{aligned}
\dot{H}(t)&=-H(t)ZA(t)H(t)-H(t)A(t)ZH(t)\\
&=-H(t)Z(I_n-H(t))-(I_n-H(t))ZH(t)\\
&=-H(t)Z-ZH(t)+2H(t)ZH(t), \tag*{(29)}
\end{aligned} H ˙ ( t ) = − H ( t ) Z A ( t ) H ( t ) − H ( t ) A ( t ) Z H ( t ) = − H ( t ) Z ( I n − H ( t )) − ( I n − H ( t )) Z H ( t ) = − H ( t ) Z − Z H ( t ) + 2 H ( t ) Z H ( t ) , (29)
as needed.
We write w P ( t ) w_P(t) w P ( t ) for the weight of a simple path P P P in Definition 5.2 :
w P ( t ) : = ∏ r = 1 ℓ ∣ H i r i r + 1 ( t ) ∣ K , P = ( i 1 , … , i ℓ + 1 = j ) . w_P(t):=\prod_{r=1}^{\ell}\frac{|H_{i_ri_{r+1}}(t)|}{K},\qquad P=(i_1,\ldots,i_{\ell+1}=j). w P ( t ) := r = 1 ∏ ℓ K ∣ H i r i r + 1 ( t ) ∣ , P = ( i 1 , … , i ℓ + 1 = j ) .
By that definition, d j ( t ) = max P w P ( t ) d_j(t)=\max_P w_P(t) d j ( t ) = max P w P ( t ) over simple paths ending at j j j , including the empty path of weight 1 1 1 .
Proposition 5.14. For every j ∈ [ n ] j \in[n] j ∈ [ n ] , both d j d_j d j and log d j \log d_j log d j are Lipschitz on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] . For any t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) t \in(0,1) t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) where d j d_j d j is differentiable, every maximizing path P P P satisfies
d ˙ j ( t ) = w ˙ P ( t ) . \dot{d}_j(t)=\dot{w}_P(t). d ˙ j ( t ) = w ˙ P ( t ) . In particular, d ˙ j ( t ) = 0 \dot{d}_j(t)=0 d ˙ j ( t ) = 0 if d j ( t ) = 1 d_j(t)=1 d j ( t ) = 1 .
Proof. Each matrix entry is continuously differentiable on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , so each path weight w P w_P w P is Lipschitz. The maximum is over finitely many paths, hence d j d_j d j is Lipschitz, and so is log d j \log d_j log d j , since d j ≥ 1 d_j \ge1 d j ≥ 1 . Fix a differentiable point t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) t \in(0,1) t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and a maximizing path P P P . Since w P ( t ) = d j ( t ) ≥ 1 w_P(t)=d_j(t)\ge1 w P ( t ) = d j ( t ) ≥ 1 , none of its factors vanish at t t t , so w P w_P w P is differentiable there. The function d j − w P d_j-w_P d j − w P is nonnegative and vanishes at t t t , so its derivative there is zero. If d j ( t ) = 1 d_j(t)=1 d j ( t ) = 1 , apply this to the empty path.
The following bound controls the derivative along a maximizing path.
Lemma 5.15. Let t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] t \in[0,1] t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] and let P = ( i 1 , … , i ℓ + 1 = j ) P=(i_1,\ldots,i_{\ell+1}=j) P = ( i 1 , … , i ℓ + 1 = j ) be a nonempty simple path attaining d j ( t ) = w P ( t ) d_j(t)=w_P(t) d j ( t ) = w P ( t ) . Then, for every r ∈ [ ℓ ] r \in[\ell] r ∈ [ ℓ ] ,
d i r ( t ) d i r + 1 ( t ) ∣ H i r i r + 1 ( t ) ∣ = K . \frac{d_{i_r}(t)}{d_{i_{r+1}}(t)}\left|H_{i_ri_{r+1}}(t)\right|=K. d i r + 1 ( t ) d i r ( t ) ∣ H i r i r + 1 ( t ) ∣ = K . Furthermore, for every k ∈ [ n ] k \in[n] k ∈ [ n ] ,
∑ r = 1 ℓ d i r ( t ) d i r + 1 ( t ) ∣ H i r k ( t ) H k i r + 1 ( t ) ∣ ≤ 7 K 2 . \sum_{r=1}^{\ell}\frac{d_{i_r}(t)}{d_{i_{r+1}}(t)}\left|H_{i_rk}(t)H_{ki_{r+1}}(t)\right|\le7K^2. r = 1 ∑ ℓ d i r + 1 ( t ) d i r ( t ) ∣ H i r k ( t ) H k i r + 1 ( t ) ∣ ≤ 7 K 2 .
We first prove the combinatorial bound needed for this lemma.
Lemma 5.16. Let G = ( V , E , ρ ) G=(V,E,\rho) G = ( V , E , ρ ) be a directed graph, possibly with self-loops, with weights ρ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] E \rho\in[0,1]^E ρ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] E . Suppose every directed cycle C C C satisfies
∏ e ∈ C ρ ( e ) ≤ ( 3 / 4 ) ∣ C ∣ . \prod_{e\in C}\rho(e)\le(3/4)^{|C|}. e ∈ C ∏ ρ ( e ) ≤ ( 3/4 ) ∣ C ∣ . Let P = ( i 1 , … , i ℓ ) P=(i_1,\ldots,i_\ell) P = ( i 1 , … , i ℓ ) be a simple path whose arcs all have weight 1 1 1 . Then, for every r ∈ V r \in V r ∈ V ,
∑ j = 1 ℓ − 1 ρ ( i j , r ) ρ ( r , i j + 1 ) ≤ 7. \sum_{j=1}^{\ell-1}\rho(i_j,r)\rho(r,i_{j+1})\le7. j = 1 ∑ ℓ − 1 ρ ( i j , r ) ρ ( r , i j + 1 ) ≤ 7. Proof. Let a j : = ρ ( i j , r ) a_j:=\rho(i_j,r) a j := ρ ( i j , r ) and b j : = ρ ( r , i j ) b_j:=\rho(r,i_j) b j := ρ ( r , i j ) . The cycle bound also holds for closed walks, by decomposing them into cycles. Applying it to ( r , i k , … , i j , r ) (r,i_k,\ldots,i_j,r) ( r , i k , … , i j , r ) gives
a j b k ≤ ( 3 / 4 ) j − k + 2 ( 1 ≤ k ≤ j ≤ ℓ ) . (30) a_jb_k\le(3/4)^{j-k+2}\qquad(1\le k\le j\le\ell). \tag*{(30)} a j b k ≤ ( 3/4 ) j − k + 2 ( 1 ≤ k ≤ j ≤ ℓ ) . (30) This remains valid when r r r lies on P P P .
Let t ∈ { 1 , … , ℓ } t\in\{1,\ldots,\ell\} t ∈ { 1 , … , ℓ } be the smallest such that a j ≤ ( 3 / 4 ) j − t + 1 a_j\le(3/4)^{j-t+1} a j ≤ ( 3/4 ) j − t + 1 for all t ≤ j ≤ ℓ − 1 t\le j\le\ell-1 t ≤ j ≤ ℓ − 1 . Such a t t t exists, since t = ℓ t=\ell t = ℓ gives an empty range. Then
∑ j = t ℓ − 1 a j b j + 1 ≤ ∑ h = 1 ∞ ( 3 / 4 ) h = 3. \sum_{j=t}^{\ell-1}a_jb_{j+1}\le\sum_{h=1}^{\infty}(3/4)^h=3. j = t ∑ ℓ − 1 a j b j + 1 ≤ h = 1 ∑ ∞ ( 3/4 ) h = 3. If t = 1 t=1 t = 1 , this proves the claim. Otherwise, minimality gives some j ⋆ ∈ { t − 1 , … , ℓ − 1 } j^\star\in\{t-1,\ldots,\ell-1\} j ⋆ ∈ { t − 1 , … , ℓ − 1 } with a j ⋆ > ( 3 / 4 ) j ⋆ − t + 2 a_{j^\star}>(3/4)^{j^\star-t+2} a j ⋆ > ( 3/4 ) j ⋆ − t + 2 . By (30) , b k ≤ ( 3 / 4 ) t − k b_k\le(3/4)^{t-k} b k ≤ ( 3/4 ) t − k for k ≤ t − 1 k\le t-1 k ≤ t − 1 , so
∑ j = 1 t − 2 a j b j + 1 ≤ ∑ h = 1 ∞ ( 3 / 4 ) h = 3. \sum_{j=1}^{t-2}a_jb_{j+1}\le\sum_{h=1}^{\infty}(3/4)^h=3. j = 1 ∑ t − 2 a j b j + 1 ≤ h = 1 ∑ ∞ ( 3/4 ) h = 3. These two bounds cover all terms except j = t − 1 j=t-1 j = t − 1 . Since a t − 1 , b t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] a_{t-1},b_t\in[0,1] a t − 1 , b t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , we conclude that
∑ j = 1 ℓ − 1 a j b j + 1 = ∑ j = 1 t − 2 a j b j + 1 + a t − 1 b t + ∑ j = t ℓ − 1 a j b j + 1 ≤ 3 + 1 + 3 = 7. \sum_{j=1}^{\ell-1}a_jb_{j+1}
=\sum_{j=1}^{t-2}a_jb_{j+1}+a_{t-1}b_t+\sum_{j=t}^{\ell-1}a_jb_{j+1}
\le3+1+3=7. j = 1 ∑ ℓ − 1 a j b j + 1 = j = 1 ∑ t − 2 a j b j + 1 + a t − 1 b t + j = t ∑ ℓ − 1 a j b j + 1 ≤ 3 + 1 + 3 = 7.
Now we are ready to prove Lemma 5.15 , which we will then use to conclude the main stability lemma.
Proof of Lemma 5.15. To simplify notation, for the rest of the proof we will drop the time parameter t t t . Let ρ ( a , b ) : = ( d a / d b ) ⋅ ∣ H a b ∣ / K \rho(a,b):=(d_a/d_b)\cdot|H_{ab}|/K ρ ( a , b ) := ( d a / d b ) ⋅ ∣ H ab ∣/ K for all a , b ∈ [ n ] a,b\in[n] a , b ∈ [ n ] . By Lemma 5.4 , these weights lie in [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] . Since P P P attains d j d_j d j ,
∏ r = 1 ℓ ρ ( i r , i r + 1 ) = d i 1 d j w P = d i 1 ≥ 1. \prod_{r=1}^{\ell}\rho(i_r,i_{r+1})=\frac{d_{i_1}}{d_j}w_P=d_{i_1}\ge1. r = 1 ∏ ℓ ρ ( i r , i r + 1 ) = d j d i 1 w P = d i 1 ≥ 1.
Every factor is at most 1 1 1 , so every arc of P P P has weight 1 1 1 , which proves the first claim. For every directed cycle C C C , the factors d a / d b d_a/d_b d a / d b cancel, and Lemma 5.4 , with K = 8 K=8 K = 8 , gives
∏ ( a , b ) ∈ C ρ ( a , b ) = ∏ ( a , b ) ∈ C ∣ H a b ∣ K ≤ ( ζ ( H ) K ) ∣ C ∣ ≤ ( 3 / 4 ) ∣ C ∣ . \prod_{(a,b)\in C}\rho(a,b)=\prod_{(a,b)\in C}\frac{|H_{ab}|}{K}\le\left(\frac{\zeta(H)}{K}\right)^{|C|}\le(3/4)^{|C|}. ( a , b ) ∈ C ∏ ρ ( a , b ) = ( a , b ) ∈ C ∏ K ∣ H ab ∣ ≤ ( K ζ ( H ) ) ∣ C ∣ ≤ ( 3/4 ) ∣ C ∣ .
Applying Lemma 5.16 with r = k r=k r = k , we obtain
∑ r = 1 ℓ d i r d i r + 1 ∣ H i r k H k i r + 1 ∣ = K 2 ∑ r = 1 ℓ ρ ( i r , k ) ρ ( k , i r + 1 ) ≤ 7 K 2 . \sum_{r=1}^{\ell}\frac{d_{i_r}}{d_{i_{r+1}}}|H_{i_rk}H_{ki_{r+1}}|=K^2\sum_{r=1}^{\ell}\rho(i_r,k)\rho(k,i_{r+1})\le7K^2. r = 1 ∑ ℓ d i r + 1 d i r ∣ H i r k H k i r + 1 ∣ = K 2 r = 1 ∑ ℓ ρ ( i r , k ) ρ ( k , i r + 1 ) ≤ 7 K 2 .
We are now ready to prove the main statement of this section, Lemma 5.7 .
Proof of Lemma 5.7. Let j ∈ [ n ] j\in[n] j ∈ [ n ] and t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) t\in(0,1) t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) such that d j d_j d j is differentiable at t t t . If d j ( t ) = 1 d_j(t)=1 d j ( t ) = 1 , then ( log d j ) ′ ( t ) = 0 (\log d_j)'(t)=0 ( log d j ) ′ ( t ) = 0 by Proposition 5.14 . Otherwise, there is a non-empty maximizing path P = ( i 1 , … , i ℓ + 1 = j ) P=(i_1,\ldots,i_{\ell+1}=j) P = ( i 1 , … , i ℓ + 1 = j ) , in particular, all the entries of H H H along P P P are nonzero. By Claim 5.13 , H ˙ ( t ) = − H ( t ) Z − Z H ( t ) + 2 H ( t ) Z H ( t ) \dot{H}(t)=-H(t)Z-ZH(t)+2H(t)ZH(t) H ˙ ( t ) = − H ( t ) Z − Z H ( t ) + 2 H ( t ) Z H ( t ) . Since Z Z Z is diagonal, after suppressing the time parameter t t t , for all r ∈ [ ℓ ] r\in[\ell] r ∈ [ ℓ ] we have ( Z H ) i r i r + 1 = z i r H i r i r + 1 (ZH)_{i_ri_{r+1}}=z_{i_r}H_{i_ri_{r+1}} ( Z H ) i r i r + 1 = z i r H i r i r + 1 , ( H Z ) i r i r + 1 = z i r + 1 H i r i r + 1 (HZ)_{i_ri_{r+1}}=z_{i_{r+1}}H_{i_ri_{r+1}} ( H Z ) i r i r + 1 = z i r + 1 H i r i r + 1 and ( H Z H ) i r i r + 1 = ∑ k = 1 n z k H i r k H k i r + 1 (HZH)_{i_ri_{r+1}}=\sum_{k=1}^{n}z_kH_{i_rk}H_{ki_{r+1}} ( H Z H ) i r i r + 1 = ∑ k = 1 n z k H i r k H k i r + 1 . Hence, since H i r i r + 1 ≠ 0 H_{i_ri_{r+1}}\ne0 H i r i r + 1 = 0 for all r ∈ [ ℓ ] r\in[\ell] r ∈ [ ℓ ] ,
H ˙ i r i r + 1 H i r i r + 1 = − z i r − z i r + 1 + 2 ∑ k = 1 n z k ⋅ H i r k H k i r + 1 H i r i r + 1 . \frac{\dot{H}_{i_ri_{r+1}}}{H_{i_ri_{r+1}}}=-z_{i_r}-z_{i_{r+1}}+2\sum_{k=1}^{n}z_k\cdot\frac{H_{i_rk}H_{ki_{r+1}}}{H_{i_ri_{r+1}}}. H i r i r + 1 H ˙ i r i r + 1 = − z i r − z i r + 1 + 2 k = 1 ∑ n z k ⋅ H i r i r + 1 H i r k H k i r + 1 .
Using ( log ∣ H i r i r + 1 ∣ ) ′ = H ˙ i r i r + 1 H i r i r + 1 (\log|H_{i_ri_{r+1}}|)'=\frac{\dot{H}_{i_ri_{r+1}}}{H_{i_ri_{r+1}}} ( log ∣ H i r i r + 1 ∣ ) ′ = H i r i r + 1 H ˙ i r i r + 1 , as H i r i r + 1 ≠ 0 H_{i_ri_{r+1}}\ne0 H i r i r + 1 = 0 , and log w P = ∑ r = 1 ℓ log ∣ H i r i r + 1 ∣ − ℓ log K \log w_P=\sum_{r=1}^{\ell}\log|H_{i_ri_{r+1}}|-\ell\log K log w P = ∑ r = 1 ℓ log ∣ H i r i r + 1 ∣ − ℓ log K , we get
( log w P ) ′ = ∑ r = 1 ℓ H ˙ i r i r + 1 H i r i r + 1 = − ∑ r = 1 ℓ ( z i r + z i r + 1 ) + 2 ∑ k = 1 n z k ∑ r = 1 ℓ H i r k H k i r + 1 H i r i r + 1 . (\log w_P)'=\sum_{r=1}^{\ell}\frac{\dot{H}_{i_ri_{r+1}}}{H_{i_ri_{r+1}}}=-\sum_{r=1}^{\ell}(z_{i_r}+z_{i_{r+1}})+2\sum_{k=1}^{n}z_k\sum_{r=1}^{\ell}\frac{H_{i_rk}H_{ki_{r+1}}}{H_{i_ri_{r+1}}}. ( log w P ) ′ = r = 1 ∑ ℓ H i r i r + 1 H ˙ i r i r + 1 = − r = 1 ∑ ℓ ( z i r + z i r + 1 ) + 2 k = 1 ∑ n z k r = 1 ∑ ℓ H i r i r + 1 H i r k H k i r + 1 .
Each vertex occurs at most twice in the first summation, so ∣ ∑ r = 1 ℓ z i r + z i r + 1 ∣ ≤ 2 ∥ z ∥ 1 \left|\sum_{r=1}^{\ell}z_{i_r}+z_{i_{r+1}}\right|\le2\|z\|_1 ∑ r = 1 ℓ z i r + z i r + 1 ≤ 2∥ z ∥ 1 . For the second summation, we apply both parts of Lemma 5.15 , obtaining
∑ r = 1 ℓ ∣ H i r k H k i r + 1 H i r i r + 1 ∣ = 1 K ∑ r = 1 ℓ d i r d i r + 1 ∣ H i r k H k i r + 1 ∣ ≤ 7 K . \sum_{r=1}^{\ell}\left|\frac{H_{i_rk}H_{ki_{r+1}}}{H_{i_ri_{r+1}}}\right|=\frac{1}{K}\sum_{r=1}^{\ell}\frac{d_{i_r}}{d_{i_{r+1}}}|H_{i_rk}H_{ki_{r+1}}|\le7K. r = 1 ∑ ℓ H i r i r + 1 H i r k H k i r + 1 = K 1 r = 1 ∑ ℓ d i r + 1 d i r ∣ H i r k H k i r + 1 ∣ ≤ 7 K .
Consequently, Proposition 5.14 yields, almost everywhere,
∣ ( log d j ) ′ ∣ ≤ ( 2 + 14 K ) ∥ z ∥ 1 ≤ 16 K ∥ z ∥ 1 . |(\log d_j)'|\le(2+14K)\|z\|_1\le16K\|z\|_1. ∣ ( log d j ) ′ ∣ ≤ ( 2 + 14 K ) ∥ z ∥ 1 ≤ 16 K ∥ z ∥ 1 .
Since log d j \log d_j log d j is Lipschitz, integration over [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] gives
∣ log d j ( 1 ) − log d j ( 0 ) ∣ ≤ 16 K ∥ z ∥ 1 . |\log d_j(1)-\log d_j(0)|\le16K\|z\|_1. ∣ log d j ( 1 ) − log d j ( 0 ) ∣ ≤ 16 K ∥ z ∥ 1 .
Using d ( 0 ) = q H d(0)=q_H d ( 0 ) = q H , d ( 1 ) = q H ′ d(1)=q_{H'} d ( 1 ) = q H ′ , and z = log u z=\log u z = log u proves (13).
Improving the analysis to O ( n 9 / 8 1 + κ ) O(n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}) O ( n 9/8 1 + κ ) iterations
In this section we provide an improved analysis of the IPM. While the conceptual contribution of Theorem 5.1 was to show that after taking a Newton step from a μ \mu μ central point x x x for the target centrality parameter μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) \mu'=\mu/(1+\delta) μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) , the resulting centrality error of the new point x ′ x' x ′ is ∥ Q H x ′ , μ ′ ( H x , μ ′ ⋅ ( δ 1 ) ) ∥ 2 2 = O ( δ 2 n ( 1 + κ ) ) \|Q_{H_{x',\mu'}}(H_{x,\mu'}\cdot(\delta\mathbf{1}))\|_2^2=O(\delta^2n(1+\kappa)) ∥ Q H x ′ , μ ′ ( H x , μ ′ ⋅ ( δ 1 )) ∥ 2 2 = O ( δ 2 n ( 1 + κ )) , which allows setting δ = 1 / Ω ( n 5 / 4 1 + κ ) \delta=1/\Omega(n^{5/4}\sqrt{1+\kappa}) δ = 1/Ω ( n 5/4 1 + κ ) to stay in the O ( n − 3 / 2 ) O(n^{-3/2}) O ( n − 3/2 ) Rump neighborhood, here we show that two Newton steps after taking an even larger target centrality update δ = 1 / Ω ( n 9 / 8 1 + κ ) \delta=1/\Omega(n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}) δ = 1/Ω ( n 9/8 1 + κ ) produce an iterate in the O ( n − 3 / 2 ) O(n^{-3/2}) O ( n − 3/2 ) Rump neighborhood. To do so we essentially need to bound the centrality error after two Newton steps from error δ 1 \delta\mathbf{1} δ 1 . The key of this section is to show that it is O ( δ 4 n 3 ( 1 + κ ) 2 ) O(\delta^4n^3(1+\kappa)^2) O ( δ 4 n 3 ( 1 + κ ) 2 ) .
Lemma 6.1 (Centrality error after Newton steps). Let M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M\in\mathcal{P}_\star(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) , and let scalars β = 1 4096 n 3 / 2 \beta=\frac{1}{4096n^{3/2}} β = 4096 n 3/2 1 , δ = 1 1024 n 9 / 8 1 + κ \delta=\frac{1}{1024n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}} δ = 1024 n 9/8 1 + κ 1 , and ε = β 2 17 n ( 1 + κ ) 2 \varepsilon=\frac{\beta}{2^{17}n(1+\kappa)^2} ε = 2 17 n ( 1 + κ ) 2 β . Suppose ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( ε ) (x,s,\mu)\in\mathcal{N}^{\mathbb{R}}(\varepsilon) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( ε ) , and set μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) \mu'=\mu/(1+\delta) μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) . Two successive Newton steps toward μ ′ \mu' μ ′ , as in (11) , produce iterates ( x ′ , s ′ ) , ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ ) ∈ F > 0 (x',s'),(x'',s'')\in\mathcal{F}_{>0} ( x ′ , s ′ ) , ( x ′′ , s ′′ ) ∈ F > 0 with ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x'',s'',\mu')\in\mathcal{N}^{\mathbb{R}}(\beta) ( x ′′ , s ′′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) .
To achieve this result, we need to first prove a few helper lemmas.
Lemma 6.2. Let M ∈ P ⋆ M\in\mathcal{P}_\star M ∈ P ⋆ and H = ( I + M ) − 1 H=(I+M)^{-1} H = ( I + M ) − 1 . Then for all j ∈ [ n ] j\in[n] j ∈ [ n ] ,
∥ H ∙ j ∥ 2 ∥ H j ∙ ∥ 2 ≤ 2 H j j 1 + κ ^ ( M ) . \|H_{\bullet j}\|_2\|H_{j\bullet}\|_2\le2H_{jj}\sqrt{1+\hat{\kappa}(M)}. ∥ H ∙ j ∥ 2 ∥ H j ∙ ∥ 2 ≤ 2 H j j 1 + κ ^ ( M ) .
Proof. Let t ≥ 0 t\ge0 t ≥ 0 . Increasing the diagonal entries of a sufficient matrix by a nonnegative amount can only decrease its handicap number; see [82 Theorem 3.6] . Together with Theorem 1.1, this shows that
∥ ( I + M + t e j e j T ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ sup D ∈ D > 0 n ∥ ( I + D ( M + t e j e j T ) D ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + κ ^ ( M + t e j e j T ) ≤ 1 + κ ^ ( M ) . (31) \|(I+M+te_je_j^\mathsf{T})^{-1}\|_2\le\sup_{D\in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^n}\|(I+D(M+te_je_j^\mathsf{T})D)^{-1}\|_2\le\sqrt{1+\hat{\kappa}(M+te_je_j^\mathsf{T})}\le\sqrt{1+\hat{\kappa}(M)}. \tag*{(31)} ∥ ( I + M + t e j e j T ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ D ∈ D > 0 n sup ∥ ( I + D ( M + t e j e j T ) D ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + κ ^ ( M + t e j e j T ) ≤ 1 + κ ^ ( M ) . (31)
By Sherman-Morrison formula,
( I + M + t e j e j T ) − 1 = ( I + M ) − 1 − t ( I + M ) − 1 e j e j T ( I + M ) − 1 1 + t e j T ( I + M ) − 1 e j = H − t H e j e j T H 1 + t H j j . (I+M+te_je_j^\mathsf{T})^{-1}=(I+M)^{-1}-t\frac{(I+M)^{-1}e_je_j^\mathsf{T}(I+M)^{-1}}{1+te_j^\mathsf{T}(I+M)^{-1}e_j}=H-\frac{tHe_je_j^\mathsf{T}H}{1+tH_{jj}}. ( I + M + t e j e j T ) − 1 = ( I + M ) − 1 − t 1 + t e j T ( I + M ) − 1 e j ( I + M ) − 1 e j e j T ( I + M ) − 1 = H − 1 + t H j j t H e j e j T H .
Then, since ∥ H ∙ j ∥ 2 ∥ H j ∙ ∥ 2 = ∥ H ∙ j H j ∙ ∥ 2 = ∥ H e j e j T H ∥ 2 \|H_{\bullet j}\|_2\|H_{j\bullet}\|_2=\|H_{\bullet j}H_{j\bullet}\|_2=\|He_je_j^\mathsf{T}H\|_2 ∥ H ∙ j ∥ 2 ∥ H j ∙ ∥ 2 = ∥ H ∙ j H j ∙ ∥ 2 = ∥ H e j e j T H ∥ 2 , we have
∥ H ∙ j ∥ 2 ∥ H j ∙ ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + t H j j t ( ∥ H ∥ 2 + ∥ ( I + M + t e j e j T ) − 1 ∥ 2 ) ≤ 2 ( 1 + t H j j ) t 1 + κ ^ ( M ) , \|H_{\bullet j}\|_2\|H_{j\bullet}\|_2\le\frac{1+tH_{jj}}{t}\left(\|H\|_2+\|(I+M+te_je_j^\mathsf{T})^{-1}\|_2\right)\le\frac{2(1+tH_{jj})}{t}\sqrt{1+\hat{\kappa}(M)}, ∥ H ∙ j ∥ 2 ∥ H j ∙ ∥ 2 ≤ t 1 + t H j j ( ∥ H ∥ 2 + ∥ ( I + M + t e j e j T ) − 1 ∥ 2 ) ≤ t 2 ( 1 + t H j j ) 1 + κ ^ ( M ) ,
which holds for all t > 0 t>0 t > 0 . By taking t → ∞ t\to\infty t → ∞ , we have
∥ H ∙ j ∥ 2 ∥ H j ∙ ∥ 2 ≤ inf t > 0 2 1 + κ ^ ( M ) ( 1 + t H j j ) t = 2 H j j 1 + κ ^ ( M ) . \|H_{\bullet j}\|_2\|H_{j\bullet}\|_2\le\inf_{t>0}\frac{2\sqrt{1+\hat{\kappa}(M)}(1+tH_{jj})}{t}=2H_{jj}\sqrt{1+\hat{\kappa}(M)}. ∥ H ∙ j ∥ 2 ∥ H j ∙ ∥ 2 ≤ t > 0 inf t 2 1 + κ ^ ( M ) ( 1 + t H j j ) = 2 H j j 1 + κ ^ ( M ) .
:::
Lemma 6.3. Let M ∈ P ⋆ M\in\mathcal{P}_\star M ∈ P ⋆ and H = ( I + M ) − 1 H=(I+M)^{-1} H = ( I + M ) − 1 , then for any v ∈ R n v\in\mathbb{R}^n v ∈ R n ,
∥ H diag ( H v ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 n ( 1 + κ ^ ( M ) ) ∥ v ∥ 2 . \|H\operatorname{diag}(Hv)\|_2\le2\sqrt{n(1+\hat{\kappa}(M))}\|v\|_2. ∥ H diag ( H v ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 n ( 1 + κ ^ ( M )) ∥ v ∥ 2 .
Proof. Since for all i , j ∈ [ n ] i,j\in[n] i , j ∈ [ n ] , [ H diag ( H v ) ] i j = ( H v ) j H i j [H\operatorname{diag}(Hv)]_{ij}=(Hv)_jH_{ij} [ H diag ( H v ) ] ij = ( H v ) j H ij , using Lemma 6.2 we have
∥ H diag ( H v ) ∥ 2 2 ≤ ∑ j = 1 n ∥ H ∙ j ∥ 2 2 ( H v ) j 2 ≤ ∥ v ∥ 2 2 ∑ j = 1 n ∥ H ∙ j ∥ 2 2 ∥ H j ∙ ∥ 2 2 ≤ 4 ( 1 + κ ^ ( M ) ) ∥ v ∥ 2 2 ∑ j = 1 n H j j 2 . \|H\operatorname{diag}(Hv)\|_2^2\le\sum_{j=1}^n\|H_{\bullet j}\|_2^2(Hv)_j^2\le\|v\|_2^2\sum_{j=1}^n\|H_{\bullet j}\|_2^2\|H_{j\bullet}\|_2^2\le4(1+\hat{\kappa}(M))\|v\|_2^2\sum_{j=1}^nH_{jj}^2. ∥ H diag ( H v ) ∥ 2 2 ≤ j = 1 ∑ n ∥ H ∙ j ∥ 2 2 ( H v ) j 2 ≤ ∥ v ∥ 2 2 j = 1 ∑ n ∥ H ∙ j ∥ 2 2 ∥ H j ∙ ∥ 2 2 ≤ 4 ( 1 + κ ^ ( M )) ∥ v ∥ 2 2 j = 1 ∑ n H j j 2 .
As a result, the bound for ∥ H diag ( H v ) ∥ 2 \|H\operatorname{diag}(Hv)\|_2 ∥ H diag ( H v ) ∥ 2 follows from H j j ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] H_{jj}\in(0,1] H j j ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] for all j ∈ [ n ] j\in[n] j ∈ [ n ] by Proposition 5.3 and then taking the square root.
Proof of Lemma 6.1. Let M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M\in\mathcal{P}_\star(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) , ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( ε ) (x,s,\mu)\in\mathcal{N}^{\mathbb{R}}(\varepsilon) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( ε ) , β = 1 4096 n 3 / 2 \beta=\frac{1}{4096n^{3/2}} β = 4096 n 3/2 1 and δ = 1 1024 n 9 / 8 1 + κ \delta=\frac{1}{1024n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}} δ = 1024 n 9/8 1 + κ 1 . We decrease μ \mu μ to μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) \mu'=\mu/(1+\delta) μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) and take two Newton steps, obtaining ( x ′ , s ′ ) (x',s') ( x ′ , s ′ ) and ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ ) (x'',s'') ( x ′′ , s ′′ ) . We will show that ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x'',s'',\mu')\in\mathcal{N}^{\mathbb{R}}(\beta) ( x ′′ , s ′′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) . The initial centrality error of ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( ε ) (x,s,\mu)\in\mathcal{N}^{\mathbb{R}}(\varepsilon) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( ε ) is ∥ Q H x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ ε \|Q_{H_{x,\mu}}\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\|_2\le\varepsilon ∥ Q H x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ ε , for ε = β 2 17 n ( 1 + κ ) 2 \varepsilon=\frac{\beta}{2^{17}n(1+\kappa)^2} ε = 2 17 n ( 1 + κ ) 2 β . We keep the initial error in the calculation and bound its norm.
To simplify notation, let H : = H x , μ ′ H:=H_{x,\mu'} H := H x , μ ′ , H ′ : = H x ′ , μ ′ H':=H_{x',\mu'} H ′ := H x ′ , μ ′ , and H ′ ′ : = H x ′ ′ , μ ′ H'':=H_{x'',\mu'} H ′′ := H x ′′ , μ ′ . By (4) ,
err ( x , s , μ ′ ) = ( 1 + δ ) err ( x , s , μ ) − δ 1. (32) \operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')=(1+\delta)\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)-\delta\mathbf{1}. \tag*{(32)} err ( x , s , μ ′ ) = ( 1 + δ ) err ( x , s , μ ) − δ 1 . (32)
Since α H x , μ ≥ 1 \alpha_{H_{x,\mu}}\ge1 α H x , μ ≥ 1 , we have ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ ε \|\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\|_2\le\varepsilon ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ ε . Since δ ≤ 1 \delta\le1 δ ≤ 1 and 2 ε ≤ δ n 2\varepsilon\le\delta\sqrt{n} 2 ε ≤ δ n , the triangle inequality gives:
∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ δ n + 2 ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 δ n . (33) \|\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\|_2\le\delta\sqrt{n}+2\|\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\|_2\le2\delta\sqrt{n}. \tag*{(33)} ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ δ n + 2∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 δ n . (33)
The first Newton step. After taking a single Newton step, the relative change in the iterate is Δ x ˉ : = ( x ′ − x ) / x = Herr ( x , s , μ ′ ) \Delta\bar{x}:=(x'-x)/x=\operatorname{Herr}(x,s,\mu') Δ x ˉ := ( x ′ − x ) / x = Herr ( x , s , μ ′ ) . By Theorem 1.1 and Lemma 5.6 , respectively, we can bound
∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + κ ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 , \|\Delta\bar{x}\|_2 \le\sqrt{1+\kappa}\|\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\|_2, ∥Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + κ ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ,
∥ Q H Δ x ˉ ∥ ∞ ≤ 32 1 + κ ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 . (34) \|Q_H\Delta\bar{x}\|_\infty\le32\sqrt{1+\kappa}\|\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\|_2. \tag*{(34)} ∥ Q H Δ x ˉ ∥ ∞ ≤ 32 1 + κ ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 . (34)
Additionally, using Lemma 6.3 for v = err ( x , s , μ ′ ) v=\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu') v = err ( x , s , μ ′ ) :
∥ H diag ( Δ x ˉ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 n ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 . (35) \|H\operatorname{diag}(\Delta\bar{x})\|_2 \le2\sqrt{n(1+\kappa)}\|\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\|_2. \tag*{(35)} ∥ H diag ( Δ x ˉ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 n ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 . (35)
The Newton step (11) gives
x ′ s ′ μ ′ = ( 1 n + Δ x ˉ ) ( 1 n − Δ x ˉ ) = 1 n − ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 . (36) \frac{x's'}{\mu'}=(\mathbf{1}_n+\Delta\bar{x})(\mathbf{1}_n-\Delta\bar{x})=\mathbf{1}_n-(\Delta\bar{x})^2. \tag*{(36)} μ ′ x ′ s ′ = ( 1 n + Δ x ˉ ) ( 1 n − Δ x ˉ ) = 1 n − ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 . (36)
By (34) and then (33) , ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 ≤ 2 δ n ( 1 + κ ) ≤ 1 / 512 \|\Delta\bar{x}\|_2\le2\delta\sqrt{n(1+\kappa)}\le1/512 ∥Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 ≤ 2 δ n ( 1 + κ ) ≤ 1/512 , so x ′ > 0 x'>0 x ′ > 0 . Together with (36) , this gives s ′ > 0 s'>0 s ′ > 0 . The relation s ′ − s = M ( x ′ − x ) s'-s=M(x'-x) s ′ − s = M ( x ′ − x ) preserves linear feasibility, and the error after the first step is err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) = ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 \operatorname{err}(x',s',\mu')=(\Delta\bar{x})^2 err ( x ′ , s ′ , μ ′ ) = ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 .
The second Newton step. The second relative change is Δ x ˉ ′ ′ : = ( x ′ ′ − x ′ ) / x ′ = H ′ ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 \Delta\bar{x}'':=(x''-x')/x'=H'(\Delta\bar{x})^2 Δ x ˉ ′′ := ( x ′′ − x ′ ) / x ′ = H ′ ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 and the resulting centrality error is err ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ , μ ′ ) = ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 \operatorname{err}(x'',s'',\mu')=(\Delta\bar{x})^2 err ( x ′′ , s ′′ , μ ′ ) = ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 , respectively. As in the proof of Lemma 5.10 , we bound the Rump norm of centrality error by a product of two norms:
∥ Q H ′ err ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 = ∥ Q H ′ ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ Q H ′ Δ x ˉ ∥ ∞ ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 . (37) \|Q_{H'}\operatorname{err}(x'',s'',\mu')\|_2=\|Q_{H'}(\Delta\bar{x})^2\|_2\le\|Q_{H'}\Delta\bar{x}\|_\infty\|\Delta\bar{x}\|_2. \tag*{(37)} ∥ Q H ′ err ( x ′′ , s ′′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 = ∥ Q H ′ ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ Q H ′ Δ x ˉ ∥ ∞ ∥Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 . (37)
We will bound these norms using (34) and (35) . To do so, we first account for the changes from H H H to H ′ H' H ′ and from q H q_H q H to q H ′ q_{H'} q H ′ . Set U : = diag ( 1 + Δ x ˉ ) U:=\operatorname{diag}(1+\Delta\bar{x}) U := diag ( 1 + Δ x ˉ ) . Using the definition of the Newton matrix and Woodbury’s formula, we have
H ′ = U − 1 ( U − 2 − I n + H − 1 ) − 1 U − 1 = U − 1 ( I n + H ( U − 2 − I n ) ) − 1 H U − 1 . (38) H'=U^{-1}(U^{-2}-I_n+H^{-1})^{-1}U^{-1}=U^{-1}(I_n+H(U^{-2}-I_n))^{-1}HU^{-1}. \tag*{(38)} H ′ = U − 1 ( U − 2 − I n + H − 1 ) − 1 U − 1 = U − 1 ( I n + H ( U − 2 − I n ) ) − 1 H U − 1 . (38)
Since ∣ Δ x ˉ i ∣ ≤ 1 / 4 |\Delta\bar{x}_i|\le1/4 ∣Δ x ˉ i ∣ ≤ 1/4 , the identity
( U − 2 − I n ) i i = − Δ x ˉ i 2 + Δ x ˉ i ( 1 + Δ x ˉ i ) 2 (U^{-2}-I_n)_{ii}=-\Delta\bar{x}_i\frac{2+\Delta\bar{x}_i}{(1+\Delta\bar{x}_i)^2} ( U − 2 − I n ) ii = − Δ x ˉ i ( 1 + Δ x ˉ i ) 2 2 + Δ x ˉ i
and (35) imply
∥ H ( U − 2 − I n ) ∥ 2 ≤ 4 ∥ H diag ( Δ x ˉ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 8 n ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 16 δ n 1 + κ ≤ 1 2 , \|H(U^{-2}-I_n)\|_2\le4\|H\operatorname{diag}(\Delta\bar{x})\|_2\le8\sqrt{n(1+\kappa)}\|\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\|_2\le16\delta n\sqrt{1+\kappa}\le\frac{1}{2}, ∥ H ( U − 2 − I n ) ∥ 2 ≤ 4∥ H diag ( Δ x ˉ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 8 n ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 16 δ n 1 + κ ≤ 2 1 ,
where we bound ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 \|\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\|_2 ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 using (33) . Hence ∥ ( I n + H ( U − 2 − I n ) ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ 2 \|(I_n+H(U^{-2}-I_n))^{-1}\|_2\le2 ∥ ( I n + H ( U − 2 − I n ) ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ 2 . Also, ∥ U − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ 4 / 3 \|U^{-1}\|_2\le4/3 ∥ U − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ 4/3 , and U − 1 U^{-1} U − 1 commutes with diag ( Δ x ˉ ) \operatorname{diag}(\Delta\bar{x}) diag ( Δ x ˉ ) . Substituting in (38) gives
∥ H ′ diag ( Δ x ˉ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 4 ∥ H diag ( Δ x ˉ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 8 n ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 . (39) \|H'\operatorname{diag}(\Delta\bar{x})\|_2\le4\|H\operatorname{diag}(\Delta\bar{x})\|_2\le8\sqrt{n(1+\kappa)}\|\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\|_2. \tag*{(39)} ∥ H ′ diag ( Δ x ˉ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 4∥ H diag ( Δ x ˉ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 8 n ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 . (39)
For the weights, using Lemma 5.7 , ∣ log ( 1 + a ) ∣ ≤ 2 ∣ a ∣ |\log(1+a)|\le2|a| ∣ log ( 1 + a ) ∣ ≤ 2∣ a ∣ for ∣ a ∣ ≤ 1 / 2 |a|\le1/2 ∣ a ∣ ≤ 1/2 , ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 ≤ 2 δ n ( 1 + κ ) \|\Delta\bar{x}\|_2\le2\delta\sqrt{n(1+\kappa)} ∥Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 ≤ 2 δ n ( 1 + κ ) and (34) give
∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 32 K ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ≤ 32 K n 1 / 2 ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 ≤ 64 δ K n 1 + κ ≤ 1 2 , (40) \|\log q_{H'}-\log q_H\|_\infty\le32K\|\Delta\bar{x}\|_1\le32Kn^{1/2}\|\Delta\bar{x}\|_2\le64\delta Kn\sqrt{1+\kappa}\le\frac{1}{2}, \tag*{(40)} ∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 32 K ∥Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ≤ 32 K n 1/2 ∥Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 ≤ 64 δ K n 1 + κ ≤ 2 1 , (40)
and consequently, q H ′ / q H ≤ e 1 / 2 ≤ 2 q_{H'}/q_H\le e^{1/2}\le2 q H ′ / q H ≤ e 1/2 ≤ 2 .
We can now bound the two norms. From (39) and (34) ,
∥ Δ x ˉ ′ ∥ 2 = ∥ H ′ ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ H ′ diag ( Δ x ˉ ) ∥ 2 ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 ≤ 8 n ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 2 . (41) \|\Delta\bar{x}'\|_2=\|H'(\Delta\bar{x})^2\|_2\le\|H'\operatorname{diag}(\Delta\bar{x})\|_2\|\Delta\bar{x}\|_2\le8\sqrt{n(1+\kappa)}\|\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\|_2^2. \tag*{(41)} ∥Δ x ˉ ′ ∥ 2 = ∥ H ′ ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ H ′ diag ( Δ x ˉ ) ∥ 2 ∥Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 ≤ 8 n ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 2 . (41)
For the other norm, Lemma 5.4 gives ∥ Q H ′ H ′ Q H ′ − 1 ∥ max ≤ K \|Q_{H'}H'Q_{H'}^{-1}\|_{\max}\le K ∥ Q H ′ H ′ Q H ′ − 1 ∥ m a x ≤ K . Together with (40) , this yields
∥ Q H ′ Δ x ˉ ′ ∥ ∞ = ∥ Q H ′ H ′ ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 ∥ ∞ ≤ K ∥ Q H ′ ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 ∥ 1 ≤ 2 K ∥ Q H Δ x ˉ ∥ ∞ ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ≤ 512 n ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 2 , (42) \|Q_{H'}\Delta\bar{x}'\|_\infty=\|Q_{H'}H'(\Delta\bar{x})^2\|_\infty\le K\|Q_{H'}(\Delta\bar{x})^2\|_1\le2K\|Q_H\Delta\bar{x}\|_\infty\|\Delta\bar{x}\|_1\le512\sqrt{n(1+\kappa)}\|\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu')\|_2^2, \tag*{(42)} ∥ Q H ′ Δ x ˉ ′ ∥ ∞ = ∥ Q H ′ H ′ ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 ∥ ∞ ≤ K ∥ Q H ′ ( Δ x ˉ ) 2 ∥ 1 ≤ 2 K ∥ Q H Δ x ˉ ∥ ∞ ∥Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ≤ 512 n ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 2 , (42)
where the last inequality uses (34) and ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ≤ n ∥ Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 \|\Delta\bar{x}\|_1\le\sqrt{n}\|\Delta\bar{x}\|_2 ∥Δ x ˉ ∥ 1 ≤ n ∥Δ x ˉ ∥ 2 .
Bounding the centrality error. Combining (41) and (42) in (37) gives
∥ Q H ′ err ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 4096 n ( 1 + κ ) 2 ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 4 . (43) \lVert Q_{H'}\operatorname{err}(x^{\prime\prime},s^{\prime\prime},\mu^{\prime})\rVert_2 \le4096n(1+\kappa)^2\lVert\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu^{\prime})\rVert_2^4. \tag*{(43)} ∥ Q H ′ err ( x ′′ , s ′′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 4096 n ( 1 + κ ) 2 ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 4 . (43)
To replace Q H ′ Q_{H'} Q H ′ by the final weights Q H ′ ′ Q_{H^{\prime\prime}} Q H ′′ , note that (41) and (33) give
∥ Δ x ˉ ′ ∥ 1 ≤ n ∥ Δ x ˉ ′ ∥ 2 ≤ 8 n ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 2 ≤ 8 512 2 ≤ 1 512 . \lVert\Delta\bar{x}^{\prime}\rVert_1 \le\sqrt{n}\lVert\Delta\bar{x}^{\prime}\rVert_2 \le8n(1+\kappa)\lVert\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu^{\prime})\rVert_2^2 \le\frac{8}{512^2} \le\frac{1}{512}. ∥ Δ x ˉ ′ ∥ 1 ≤ n ∥ Δ x ˉ ′ ∥ 2 ≤ 8 n ( 1 + κ ) ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 2 ≤ 51 2 2 8 ≤ 512 1 .
Thus x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ > 0 x^{\prime\prime},s^{\prime\prime}>0 x ′′ , s ′′ > 0 by applying the same identity as in (36) to the second step. The same application of Lemma 5.7 as in (40) gives q H ′ ′ ≤ 2 q H ′ q_{H^{\prime\prime}}\le2q_{H'} q H ′′ ≤ 2 q H ′ . Consequently,
∥ Q H ′ ′ err ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 8192 n ( 1 + κ ) 2 ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 4 ≤ 8192 δ 4 n 3 ( 1 + κ ) 2 + 2 16 n ( 1 + κ ) 2 ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 2 ≤ β 2 15 + β 2 ≤ β . (44) \begin{aligned}
\lVert Q_{H^{\prime\prime}}\operatorname{err}(x^{\prime\prime},s^{\prime\prime},\mu^{\prime})\rVert_2
&\le8192n(1+\kappa)^2\lVert\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu^{\prime})\rVert_2^4\\
&\le8192\delta^4n^3(1+\kappa)^2+2^{16}n(1+\kappa)^2\lVert\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_2^2\\
&\le\frac{\beta}{2^{15}}+\frac{\beta}{2}\le\beta. \tag*{(44)}
\end{aligned} ∥ Q H ′′ err ( x ′′ , s ′′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 8192 n ( 1 + κ ) 2 ∥ err ( x , s , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 4 ≤ 8192 δ 4 n 3 ( 1 + κ ) 2 + 2 16 n ( 1 + κ ) 2 ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 2 ≤ 2 15 β + 2 β ≤ β . (44)
For the second inequality, we apply to (33) the bound ( a + b ) 4 ≤ a 4 + 4 b (a+b)^4\le a^4+4b ( a + b ) 4 ≤ a 4 + 4 b for 0 ≤ a ≤ a + b ≤ 1 0\le a\le a+b\le1 0 ≤ a ≤ a + b ≤ 1 , with a = δ n a=\delta\sqrt{n} a = δ n and b = 2 ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 2 b=2\lVert\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_2^2 b = 2 ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 2 ; the condition a + b ≤ 1 a+b\le1 a + b ≤ 1 follows from (33) . The last line uses the choice of δ \delta δ and ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ ε \lVert\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_2\le\varepsilon ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ ε . This proves ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x^{\prime\prime},s^{\prime\prime},\mu^{\prime})\in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x ′′ , s ′′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) .
Proposition 5.8 reduces the Rump norm error from β = O ( n − 3 / 2 ) \beta=O(n^{-3/2}) β = O ( n − 3/2 ) to ε \varepsilon ε in O ( log log ( n + κ ) ) O(\log\log(n+\kappa)) O ( log log ( n + κ )) Newton steps. Thus, starting from an iterate in N R ( β ) \mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) N R ( β ) , we can first repeatedly correct it to near centrality, and then apply two successive Newton steps towards μ ′ \mu^{\prime} μ ′ . This leads to a constant-factor decrease in μ \mu μ using O ( n 9 / 8 1 + κ ) O(n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}) O ( n 9/8 1 + κ ) such Newton steps by Lemma 6.1, and in total O ( n 9 / 8 1 + κ log log ( n + κ ) ) O(n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}\log\log(n+\kappa)) O ( n 9/8 1 + κ log log ( n + κ )) Newton steps including centering.
The extra log log ( n + κ ) \log\log(n+\kappa) log log ( n + κ ) factor can be removed by showing that in fact it suffices to start from an O ( n − 3 / 2 ) O(n^{-3/2}) O ( n − 3/2 ) Rump neighborhood, which shows that the additional centering steps are not necessary. Thus we can provide a strengthening of Lemma 6.1. Since the required changes in the proof are technical and do not contribute to the main ideas, we defer the proof of this strengthened version to Section 9.2 in the appendix.4
Theorem 6.4. Let M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M\in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) , and set β ∈ [ 1 8192 n 3 / 2 , 1 4096 n 3 / 2 ] \beta\in\left[\frac{1}{8192n^{3/2}},\frac{1}{4096n^{3/2}}\right] β ∈ [ 8192 n 3/2 1 , 4096 n 3/2 1 ] and δ ∈ [ 1 2436 n 9 / 8 1 + κ , 1 1218 n 9 / 8 1 + κ ] \delta\in\left[\frac{1}{2436n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}},\frac{1}{1218n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}}\right] δ ∈ [ 2436 n 9/8 1 + κ 1 , 1218 n 9/8 1 + κ 1 ] . Suppose ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x,s,\mu)\in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( β ) , and set μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) \mu^{\prime}=\mu/(1+\delta) μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) . Two successive Newton steps toward μ ′ \mu^{\prime} μ ′ , as in (11) , produce two iterates ( x ′ , s ′ ) , ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ ) ∈ F > 0 (x^{\prime},s^{\prime}),(x^{\prime\prime},s^{\prime\prime})\in\mathcal{F}_{>0} ( x ′ , s ′ ) , ( x ′′ , s ′′ ) ∈ F > 0 with ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x^{\prime\prime},s^{\prime\prime},\mu^{\prime})\in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x ′′ , s ′′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) .
Hardness results
Hardness of testing membership between P \mathcal{P} P and P 0 \mathcal{P}_0 P 0
In this section, we prove Theorem 1.3. Our main tool is based on the characterization of P \mathcal{P} P -matrix using sign-real spectral radius, first developed by [66 ] . For convenience, we restate the definition of the sign-real spectral radius of a matrix:
Definition 7.1 (Sign-real spectral radius restated). Let S n \mathcal{S}^n S n denote the set of signature matrices, i.e., diagonal matrices with entries ± 1 \pm1 ± 1 . For M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n , its sign-real spectral radius is defined as
ρ 0 s ( M ) : = max S ∈ S n { ∣ λ ∣ : S M x = λ x , for some x ∈ R n ∖ { 0 } } . \rho_0^s(M):=\max_{S\in\mathcal{S}^n}\{|\lambda|:SMx=\lambda x,\text{ for some }x\in\mathbb{R}^n\setminus\{0\}\}. ρ 0 s ( M ) := S ∈ S n max { ∣ λ ∣ : S M x = λ x , for some x ∈ R n ∖ { 0 }} . with the convention that ρ 0 s ( M ) : = 0 \rho_0^s(M):=0 ρ 0 s ( M ) := 0 when S M SM S M has no real eigenvalue for all S ∈ S n S\in\mathcal{S}^n S ∈ S n .
It follows directly from the definition that ρ 0 s ( α M ) = ∣ α ∣ ρ 0 s ( M ) \rho_0^s(\alpha M)=|\alpha|\rho_0^s(M) ρ 0 s ( α M ) = ∣ α ∣ ρ 0 s ( M ) for all α ∈ R \alpha\in\mathbb{R} α ∈ R , which we shall exploit in the proof of Theorem 1.3. We refer to [66 ] for further properties of ρ 0 s ( M ) \rho_0^s(M) ρ 0 s ( M ) . To establish the connection between sign-real spectral radius and LCPs, we first define the Cayley transform below. Note that there are also different conventions and more general ways to define Cayley transform in the literature.
Definition 7.2 (Cayley transform). For M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n such that I n − M I_n-M I n − M is nonsingular, the Cayley transform of M M M is defined to be C ( M ) : = ( I n − M ) − 1 ( I n + M ) \mathcal{C}(M):=(I_n-M)^{-1}(I_n+M) C ( M ) := ( I n − M ) − 1 ( I n + M ) .
Whenever a Cayley transform of M M M exists, the inverse Cayley transform also exists if I n + M I_n+M I n + M is nonsingular. The following proposition can be proven by direct verification.
Proposition 7.3 (Inverse Cayley transform). For M ∈ R n × n M \in\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} M ∈ R n × n such that I n + M I_n+M I n + M is nonsingular, the inverse Cayley transform defined by C − 1 ( M ) : = ( M − I n ) ( M + I n ) − 1 C^{-1}(M) := (M-I_n)(M+I_n)^{-1} C − 1 ( M ) := ( M − I n ) ( M + I n ) − 1 satisfies C ( C − 1 ( M ) ) = M C(C^{-1}(M))=M C ( C − 1 ( M )) = M . If additionally I n − M I_n-M I n − M is nonsingular so that C ( M ) C(M) C ( M ) is defined, we have C − 1 ( C ( M ) ) = M C^{-1}(C(M))=M C − 1 ( C ( M )) = M .
As a main result in [66 ] that relates the sign-real spectral radius to the matrix classes considered in LCPs, Rump showed that ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 \rho_0^S(M)<1 ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 if and only if its Cayley transform is a P P P -matrix.
Theorem 7.4 (Rump [66 ] ). For M ∈ R n × n M \in\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} M ∈ R n × n such that I n − M I_n-M I n − M is nonsingular, ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 \rho_0^S(M)<1 ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 if and only if C ( M ) ∈ P C(M) \in\mathcal{P} C ( M ) ∈ P .
We refer to [68 ] for a self-contained proof of this theorem. For a rational matrix M ∈ Q n × n M \in\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ Q n × n whose Cayley transform is a P P P -matrix, a rational gap exists between ρ 0 S ( M ) \rho_0^S(M) ρ 0 S ( M ) and the upper bound 1 1 1 asserted by Theorem 7.4 , that is, there exists R > 0 R>0 R > 0 such that ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 \rho_0^S(M)<1 ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 if and only if ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 − 1 / R \rho_0^S(M)\leq1-1/R ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 − 1/ R . Moreover, such R R R can be computed in terms of the entries of M M M .
Lemma 7.5. For any M ∈ Q n × n M \in\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ Q n × n , let R : = C n ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ max ) n − 1 R := C^n(1+n\lVert M\rVert_{\max})^{n-1} R := C n ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ m a x ) n − 1 where C C C is the least positive integral common denominator of entries of M M M . Then ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 \rho_0^S(M)<1 ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 if and only if ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 − 1 R \rho_0^S(M)\leq1-\frac{1}{R} ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 − R 1 , with log R = O ( poly ( n , length ( M ) ) ) \log R=O(\operatorname{poly}(n,\operatorname{length}(M))) log R = O ( poly ( n , length ( M ))) .
The proof is similar to bounding the maximum absolute value of eigenvalues by the encoding length of the matrix. We defer it to § 9.3 . By Lemma 2.4, any P 0 P_0 P 0 -matrix is the limit of a sequence of P P P -matrices, i.e., P 0 = cl ( P ) P_0=\operatorname{cl}(P) P 0 = cl ( P ) . We can use a limiting argument and the continuity of ρ 0 S ( . ) \rho_0^S(.) ρ 0 S ( . ) to extend Theorem 7.4 to P 0 P_0 P 0 -matrices.
Theorem 7.6 (Closed Rump’s theorem). For M ∈ R n × n M \in\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} M ∈ R n × n such that I n − M I_n-M I n − M is nonsingular, ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 \rho_0^S(M)\leq1 ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 if and only if C ( M ) ∈ P 0 C(M)\in P_0 C ( M ) ∈ P 0 .
The proof can be found in § 9.3 . Following the road-map described in § 3.4 , we provide Algorithm 2 for the detailed construction of a matrix M ~ \widetilde{M} M for any given M M M such that M ∈ P ∩ Q n × n M\in\mathcal{P}\cap\mathbb{Q}^{n\times n} M ∈ P ∩ Q n × n if and only if M ~ ∈ P ~ ∩ Q n × n \widetilde{M}\in\widetilde{\mathcal{P}}\cap\mathbb{Q}^{n\times n} M ∈ P ∩ Q n × n for any matrix class P ⊆ P ~ ⊆ P 0 \mathcal{P}\subseteq\widetilde{\mathcal{P}}\subseteq P_0 P ⊆ P ⊆ P 0 . We will prove its correctness, and therefore Theorem 1.3 , using Theorem 7.4 , Lemma 7.5 and Theorem 7.6.
Figure 2.
Lemma 7.7. Given M ∈ Q n × n M\in\mathbb{Q}^{n\times n} M ∈ Q n × n and a matrix class P ~ \widetilde{\mathcal{P}} P such that P ⊆ P ~ ⊆ P 0 \mathcal{P}\subseteq\widetilde{\mathcal{P}}\subseteq P_0 P ⊆ P ⊆ P 0 , Algorithm 2 outputs M ~ ∈ Q n × n \widetilde{M}\in\mathbb{Q}^{n\times n} M ∈ Q n × n such that M ∈ P M\in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P if and only if M ~ ∈ P ~ \widetilde{M}\in\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} M ∈ P , in polynomial time.
Proof. Using det ( I n + M ) = ∑ I ⊆ [ n ] det ( M I , I ) \det(I_n+M)=\sum_{I\subseteq[n]}\det(M_{I,I}) det ( I n + M ) = ∑ I ⊆ [ n ] det ( M I , I ) , if det ( I n + M ) ≤ 0 \det(I_n+M)\leq0 det ( I n + M ) ≤ 0 then M ∉ P M\notin\mathcal{P} M ∈ / P . In this case, the algorithm returns M ~ = − I n ∉ P ~ \widetilde{M}=-I_n\notin\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} M = − I n ∈ / P . Otherwise, N = ( M − I n ) ( M + I n ) − 1 N=(M-I_n)(M+I_n)^{-1} N = ( M − I n ) ( M + I n ) − 1 satisfies C ( N ) = M C(N)=M C ( N ) = M by Proposition 7.3 . R R R is computed as in Lemma 7.5 so that ρ 0 S ( N ) < 1 \rho_0^S(N)<1 ρ 0 S ( N ) < 1 if and only if ρ 0 S ( N ) ≤ 1 − 1 R \rho_0^S(N)\leq1-\frac{1}{R} ρ 0 S ( N ) ≤ 1 − R 1 . Then as a result of Theorem 7.4 and Lemma 7.5, M ∈ P M\in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P if and only if ρ 0 S ( N ) ≤ 1 − 1 R \rho_0^S(N)\leq1-\frac{1}{R} ρ 0 S ( N ) ≤ 1 − R 1 . Now we set α = 1 + 1 2 R \alpha=1+\frac{1}{2R} α = 1 + 2 R 1 .
Claim 7.8. If M ∈ P M\in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P then ρ 0 S ( α N ) < 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N)<1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) < 1 . If M ∉ P M\notin\mathcal{P} M ∈ / P then ρ 0 S ( α N ) > 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N)>1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) > 1 .
Proof. If M ∈ P M \in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P , then ρ 0 S ( N ) ≤ 1 − 1 R \rho_0^S(N) \le1-\frac{1}{R} ρ 0 S ( N ) ≤ 1 − R 1 , so ρ 0 S ( α N ) = α ρ 0 S ( N ) ≤ ( 1 + 1 2 R ) ( 1 − 1 R ) < 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N)=\alpha\rho_0^S(N)\le\left(1+\frac{1}{2R}\right)\left(1-\frac{1}{R}\right)<1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) = α ρ 0 S ( N ) ≤ ( 1 + 2 R 1 ) ( 1 − R 1 ) < 1 . If M ∉ P M\notin\mathcal{P} M ∈ / P , then ρ 0 S ( N ) ≥ 1 \rho_0^S(N)\ge1 ρ 0 S ( N ) ≥ 1 , so ρ 0 S ( α N ) = α ρ 0 S ( N ) ≥ α > 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N)=\alpha\rho_0^S(N)\ge\alpha>1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) = α ρ 0 S ( N ) ≥ α > 1 .
Claim 7.9. If det ( I n − α N ) = 0 \det(I_n-\alpha N)=0 det ( I n − α N ) = 0 then M ∉ P M\notin\mathcal{P} M ∈ / P .
Proof. Suppose that M ∈ P M\in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P . Since det ( I n − α N ) = 0 \det(I_n-\alpha N)=0 det ( I n − α N ) = 0 , there exists some x ≠ 0 n x\ne0_n x = 0 n such that α N x = x \alpha Nx=x α N x = x . By the definition of ρ 0 S ( α N ) \rho_0^S(\alpha N) ρ 0 S ( α N ) , we get ρ 0 S ( α N ) ≥ 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N)\ge1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) ≥ 1 . This is a contradiction to Claim 7.8 .
In case det ( I n − α N ) = 0 \det(I_n-\alpha N)=0 det ( I n − α N ) = 0 then the algorithm returns M ~ = − I n ∉ P ~ \widetilde{M}=-I_n\notin\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} M = − I n ∈ / P . Otherwise, the algorithm returns M ~ = ( I n − α N ) − 1 ( I n + α N ) = C ( α N ) \widetilde{M}=(I_n-\alpha N)^{-1}(I_n+\alpha N)=C(\alpha N) M = ( I n − α N ) − 1 ( I n + α N ) = C ( α N ) . We now show that M ∈ P M\in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P if and only if M ~ ∈ P ~ \widetilde{M}\in\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} M ∈ P . Indeed, if M ∈ P M\in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P , ρ 0 S ( α N ) < 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N)<1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) < 1 by Claim 7.8 , then M ~ ∈ P \widetilde{M}\in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P by Theorem 7.4 . Since P ⊆ P ~ \mathcal{P}\subseteq\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} P ⊆ P , we get M ~ ∈ P ~ \widetilde{M}\in\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} M ∈ P . If M ∉ P M\notin\mathcal{P} M ∈ / P , ρ 0 S ( α N ) > 1 \rho_0^S(\alpha N)>1 ρ 0 S ( α N ) > 1 by Claim 7.8 . Using Theorem 7.6, M ~ ∉ P 0 \widetilde{M}\notin\mathcal{P}_0 M ∈ / P 0 . Since P ~ ⊆ P 0 \widetilde{\mathcal{P}}\subseteq\mathcal{P}_0 P ⊆ P 0 , we get M ~ ∉ P ~ \widetilde{M}\notin\widetilde{\mathcal{P}} M ∈ / P .
Since log R = O ( poly ( n , length ( M ) ) ) \log R=O(\operatorname{poly}(n,\operatorname{length}(M))) log R = O ( poly ( n , length ( M ))) by Lemma 7.5 and also length ( N ) = O ( poly ( n , length ( M ) ) ) \operatorname{length}(N)=O(\operatorname{poly}(n,\operatorname{length}(M))) length ( N ) = O ( poly ( n , length ( M ))) , the sizes of α \alpha α and hence M ~ \widetilde{M} M are polynomial in n n n and length ( M ) \operatorname{length}(M) length ( M ) .
Proof of Theorem 1.3 . The first statement follows from Lemma 7.7 and that deciding if M ∈ Q n × n M\in\mathbb{Q}^{n\times n} M ∈ Q n × n is a P \mathcal{P} P -matrix is coNP-complete [Cox94]. By Theorem 2.3 , a P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_\star P ⋆ -matrix is both column sufficient and row sufficient, and a certificate of being non-column sufficient or non-row sufficient is in NP [77 ] , thus the second statement follows.
Hardness of handicap number computation
In this section, we prove Theorem 1.4 : for any graph G = ( V , E ) G=(V,E) G = ( V , E ) we construct a P \mathcal{P} P -matrix whose handicap number determines the max cut of G G G . By the incidence matrix A G A_G A G of G G G , we mean the directed incidence matrix for an arbitrary orientation of G G G . That is, a matrix A G ∈ { 0 , ± 1 } ∣ V ∣ × ∣ E ∣ A_G\in\{0,\pm1\}^{|V|\times|E|} A G ∈ { 0 , ± 1 } ∣ V ∣ × ∣ E ∣ , where for each edge e = ( i , j ) ∈ E e=(i,j)\in E e = ( i , j ) ∈ E , the e e e -th column of A G A_G A G contains + 1 +1 + 1 for i i i and − 1 -1 − 1 for j j j , or vice versa, and 0 0 0 in all other entries. This matrix is not unique, but the argument works for an arbitrary such choice. Further, L G : = A G A G T ∈ R n × n L_G:=A_GA_G^{\mathsf{T}}\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} L G := A G A G T ∈ R n × n is the Laplacian matrix of G G G ; this is independent of the choice of the orientation. We recall the well-known connection between the Laplacian and Max-Cut, see e.g. [26 ] .
Proposition 7.10. For a graph G = ( V , E ) G=(V,E) G = ( V , E ) ,
maxcut ( G ) = 1 4 max v ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n v T L G v . \operatorname{maxcut}(G)=\frac{1}{4}\max_{v\in\{-1,1\}^{n}}v^{\mathsf{T}}L_Gv. maxcut ( G ) = 4 1 v ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n max v T L G v .
When M ∈ P ⋆ M\in\mathcal{P}_\star M ∈ P ⋆ and we want to lower bound x T M x x^{\mathsf{T}}Mx x T M x for x ∈ R n x\in\mathbb{R}^n x ∈ R n , the following change of variable via the midpoint of x x x and M x Mx M x would be useful, as it expresses x T M x x^{\mathsf{T}}Mx x T M x as a difference of squares; the proof is deferred to § 9.3 .
Proposition 7.11. Let M ∈ P ⋆ M\in\mathcal{P}_\star M ∈ P ⋆ and x ∈ R n x\in\mathbb{R}^n x ∈ R n , then the change of variable y = 1 2 ( x + M x ) y=\frac{1}{2}(x+Mx) y = 2 1 ( x + M x ) is bijective and for N = ( M − I n ) / 2 N=(M-I_n)/2 N = ( M − I n ) /2 , we have
x T M x = ∥ y ∥ 2 − ∥ N ( I n + N ) − 1 y ∥ 2 . x^{\mathsf{T}}Mx=\lVert y\rVert^2-\lVert N(I_n+N)^{-1}y\rVert^2. x T M x = ∥ y ∥ 2 − ∥ N ( I n + N ) − 1 y ∥ 2 .
If N 2 = 0 n × n N^2=0_{n\times n} N 2 = 0 n × n , then x T M x = y T ( I n − N T N ) y x^{\mathsf{T}}Mx=y^{\mathsf{T}}(I_n-N^{\mathsf{T}}N)y x T M x = y T ( I n − N T N ) y .
We derive the following corollary from Proposition 7.10; the proof is also given in § 9.3 .
Proposition 7.12. Let G = ( V , E ) G=(V,E) G = ( V , E ) be a connected graph with ∣ V ∣ = n ≥ 2 |V|=n\ge2 ∣ V ∣ = n ≥ 2 and ∣ E ∣ = m |E|=m ∣ E ∣ = m . Then for all v ∈ R n v\in\mathbb{R}^n v ∈ R n ,
v T ( L G − I n ) v ≤ ∥ v ∥ ∞ 2 ( 4 maxcut ( G ) − n ) . v^{\mathsf{T}}(L_G-I_n)v\le\lVert v\rVert_\infty^2(4\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-n). v T ( L G − I n ) v ≤ ∥ v ∥ ∞ 2 ( 4 maxcut ( G ) − n ) .
We now introduce our construction of M G M_G M G .
Lemma 7.13. Let G = ( V , E ) G=(V,E) G = ( V , E ) be a connected graph with ∣ V ∣ = n ≥ 2 |V|=n\ge2 ∣ V ∣ = n ≥ 2 and ∣ E ∣ = m |E|=m ∣ E ∣ = m , and A G ∈ R n × m A_G\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times m} A G ∈ R n × m be its incidence matrix. We define
M G : = ( I m 2 A G T 0 0 I n 21 n 0 0 1 ) ∈ Z ( m + n + 1 ) × ( m + n + 1 ) . (45) M_G:=\begin{pmatrix}
I_m & 2A_G^{\mathsf{T}} & 0\\
0 & I_n & 2\mathbf{1}_n\\
0 & 0 & 1
\end{pmatrix}\in\mathbb{Z}^{(m+n+1)\times(m+n+1)}. \tag*{(45)} M G := I m 0 0 2 A G T I n 0 0 2 1 n 1 ∈ Z ( m + n + 1 ) × ( m + n + 1 ) . (45)
then M G ∈ P M_G\in\mathcal{P} M G ∈ P and κ ^ ( M G ) = maxcut ( G ) − 1 / 4 \widehat{\kappa}(M_G)=\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1/4 κ ( M G ) = maxcut ( G ) − 1/4 .
Proof. M G ∈ P M_G \in\mathcal{P} M G ∈ P because all its principal minors are 1. By [82 Theorem 2.3] , κ ^ ( M G ) = max z ∈ R m + n + 1 κ ^ ( M G , z ) \hat{\kappa}(M_G)=\max_{z\in\mathbb{R}^{m+n+1}}\hat{\kappa}(M_G,z) κ ^ ( M G ) = max z ∈ R m + n + 1 κ ^ ( M G , z ) . Letting y : = 1 2 ( x + M G x ) ∈ R m + n + 1 y := \frac{1}{2}(x+M_Gx)\in\mathbb{R}^{m+n+1} y := 2 1 ( x + M G x ) ∈ R m + n + 1 , we get
x = 2 ( I m + n + 1 + M G ) − 1 y = ( I m − A G T 0 0 I n − 1 n 0 0 1 ) ( y 1 y 2 y 3 ) = ( y 1 − A G T y 2 y 2 − y 3 1 n y 3 ) , y 1 ∈ R m , y 2 ∈ R n , y 3 ∈ R . x=2(I_{m+n+1}+M_G)^{-1}y=
\begin{pmatrix}
I_m & -A_G^{\mathsf{T}} & 0\\
0 & I_n & -\mathbf{1}_n\\
0 & 0 & 1
\end{pmatrix}
\begin{pmatrix}
y_1\\
y_2\\
y_3
\end{pmatrix}
=
\begin{pmatrix}
y_1-A_G^{\mathsf{T}}y_2\\
y_2-y_3\mathbf{1}_n\\
y_3
\end{pmatrix},
\quad y_1\in\mathbb{R}^m,\ y_2\in\mathbb{R}^n,\ y_3\in\mathbb{R}. x = 2 ( I m + n + 1 + M G ) − 1 y = I m 0 0 − A G T I n 0 0 − 1 n 1 y 1 y 2 y 3 = y 1 − A G T y 2 y 2 − y 3 1 n y 3 , y 1 ∈ R m , y 2 ∈ R n , y 3 ∈ R .
and
x ∘ M G x = ( y 1 − A G T y 2 y 2 − y 3 1 n y 3 ) ∘ ( y 1 + A G T y 2 y 2 + y 3 1 n y 3 ) = ( y 1 2 − ( A G T y 2 ) 2 y 2 2 − y 3 2 1 n y 3 2 ) . (46) x\circ M_Gx=
\begin{pmatrix}
y_1-A_G^{\mathsf{T}}y_2\\
y_2-y_3\mathbf{1}_n\\
y_3
\end{pmatrix}
\circ
\begin{pmatrix}
y_1+A_G^{\mathsf{T}}y_2\\
y_2+y_3\mathbf{1}_n\\
y_3
\end{pmatrix}
=
\begin{pmatrix}
y_1^2-(A_G^{\mathsf{T}}y_2)^2\\
y_2^2-y_3^2\mathbf{1}_n\\
y_3^2
\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(46)} x ∘ M G x = y 1 − A G T y 2 y 2 − y 3 1 n y 3 ∘ y 1 + A G T y 2 y 2 + y 3 1 n y 3 = y 1 2 − ( A G T y 2 ) 2 y 2 2 − y 3 2 1 n y 3 2 . (46)
Since A G A_G A G is the incidence matrix of G G G , A G T 1 n = 0 A_G^{\mathsf{T}}\mathbf{1}_n=0 A G T 1 n = 0 . For N = ( M G − I m + n + 1 ) / 2 N=(M_G-I_{m+n+1})/2 N = ( M G − I m + n + 1 ) /2 , we have
N 2 = ( 0 A G T 0 0 0 1 n 0 0 0 ) 2 = ( 0 0 A G T 1 n 0 0 0 0 0 0 ) = 0 , I m + n + 1 − N T N = ( I m 0 0 0 I n − L G 0 0 0 1 − n ) . N^2=
\begin{pmatrix}
0 & A_G^{\mathsf{T}} & 0\\
0 & 0 & \mathbf{1}_n\\
0 & 0 & 0
\end{pmatrix}^2
=
\begin{pmatrix}
0 & 0 & A_G^{\mathsf{T}}\mathbf{1}_n\\
0 & 0 & 0\\
0 & 0 & 0
\end{pmatrix}
=0,\qquad
I_{m+n+1}-N^{\mathsf{T}}N=
\begin{pmatrix}
I_m & 0 & 0\\
0 & I_n-L_G & 0\\
0 & 0 & 1-n
\end{pmatrix}. N 2 = 0 0 0 A G T 0 0 0 1 n 0 2 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 A G T 1 n 0 0 = 0 , I m + n + 1 − N T N = I m 0 0 0 I n − L G 0 0 0 1 − n .
Using Proposition 7.11, we have
x T M G x = y T ( I m + n + 1 − N T N ) y = ∥ y ∥ 2 − y 2 T L G y 2 − n y 3 2 = ∥ y 1 ∥ 2 + y 2 T ( I n − L G ) y 2 − ( n − 1 ) y 3 2 . (47) \begin{aligned}
x^{\mathsf{T}}M_Gx&=y^{\mathsf{T}}(I_{m+n+1}-N^{\mathsf{T}}N)y\\
&=\lVert y\rVert^2-y_2^{\mathsf{T}}L_Gy_2-ny_3^2\\
&=\lVert y_1\rVert^2+y_2^{\mathsf{T}}(I_n-L_G)y_2-(n-1)y_3^2. \tag*{(47)}
\end{aligned} x T M G x = y T ( I m + n + 1 − N T N ) y = ∥ y ∥ 2 − y 2 T L G y 2 − n y 3 2 = ∥ y 1 ∥ 2 + y 2 T ( I n − L G ) y 2 − ( n − 1 ) y 3 2 . (47)
Claim 7.14. κ ^ ( M G ) ≥ maxcut ( G ) − 1 / 4 \hat{\kappa}(M_G)\geq\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1/4 κ ^ ( M G ) ≥ maxcut ( G ) − 1/4 .
Proof. Let y 2 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n y_2\in\{-1,1\}^n y 2 ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n be the vector attaining maxcut ( G ) \operatorname{maxcut}(G) maxcut ( G ) , that is, y 2 T L G y 2 = 4 maxcut ( G ) y_2^{\mathsf{T}}L_Gy_2=4\operatorname{maxcut}(G) y 2 T L G y 2 = 4 maxcut ( G ) . Also, set y 1 = 0 m y_1=0_m y 1 = 0 m and y 3 = 1 y_3=1 y 3 = 1 . Then in (46) , we have
x ∘ M G x = ( − ( A G T y 2 ) 2 0 n 1 ) . x\circ M_Gx=
\begin{pmatrix}
-(A_G^{\mathsf{T}}y_2)^2\\
0_n\\
1
\end{pmatrix}. x ∘ M G x = − ( A G T y 2 ) 2 0 n 1 . giving x T M G x = − y 2 T L G y 2 + 1 = − 4 maxcut ( G ) + 1 x^{\mathsf{T}}M_Gx=-y_2^{\mathsf{T}}L_Gy_2+1=-4\operatorname{maxcut}(G)+1 x T M G x = − y 2 T L G y 2 + 1 = − 4 maxcut ( G ) + 1 and ∑ i ∈ I M G + ( x ) x i ( M G x ) i = 1 \sum_{i\in I^+_{M_G}(x)}x_i(M_Gx)_i=1 ∑ i ∈ I M G + ( x ) x i ( M G x ) i = 1 . Thus,
x T M G x = − ( 4 maxcut ( G ) − 1 ) ∑ i ∈ I M G + ( x ) x i ( M G x ) i , x^{\mathsf{T}}M_Gx=-(4\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1)\sum_{i\in I^+_{M_G}(x)}x_i(M_Gx)_i, x T M G x = − ( 4 maxcut ( G ) − 1 ) i ∈ I M G + ( x ) ∑ x i ( M G x ) i , so for x = ( − A G T y 2 , y 2 − 1 n , 1 ) ∈ R m + n + 1 x=(-A_G^{\mathsf{T}}y_2,y_2-\mathbf{1}_n,1)\in\mathbb{R}^{m+n+1} x = ( − A G T y 2 , y 2 − 1 n , 1 ) ∈ R m + n + 1 , κ ^ ( M G , x ) = maxcut ( G ) − 1 / 4 \hat{\kappa}(M_G,x)=\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1/4 κ ^ ( M G , x ) = maxcut ( G ) − 1/4 . Hence, κ ^ ( M G ) ≥ maxcut ( G ) − 1 / 4 \hat{\kappa}(M_G)\geq\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1/4 κ ^ ( M G ) ≥ maxcut ( G ) − 1/4 . □ \square □
Claim 7.15. κ ^ ( M G ) ≤ maxcut ( G ) − 1 / 4 \hat{\kappa}(M_G)\leq\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1/4 κ ^ ( M G ) ≤ maxcut ( G ) − 1/4 .
Proof. From (47) and Proposition 7.12, we get
x T M G x ≥ − ( 4 maxcut ( G ) − n ) ∥ y 2 ∥ ∞ 2 − ( n − 1 ) y 3 2 . (48) x^{\mathsf{T}}M_Gx\geq-(4\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-n)\lVert y_2\rVert_\infty^2-(n-1)y_3^2. \tag*{(48)} x T M G x ≥ − ( 4 maxcut ( G ) − n ) ∥ y 2 ∥ ∞ 2 − ( n − 1 ) y 3 2 . (48) We now consider the positive contribution in x T M G x x^{\mathsf{T}}M_Gx x T M G x . By looking at the possible positive contribution from only the middle and last components of the vector x ∘ M G x x\circ M_Gx x ∘ M G x in (46) ,
∑ i ∈ I M G + ( x ) x i ( M G x ) i ≥ y 3 2 + ∑ i = 1 n max { y 2 i 2 − y 3 2 , 0 } ≥ max { ∥ y 2 ∥ ∞ 2 , y 3 2 } . (49) \sum_{i\in I^+_{M_G}(x)}x_i(M_Gx)_i\geq y_3^2+\sum_{i=1}^{n}\max\{y_{2i}^2-y_3^2,0\}\geq\max\{\lVert y_2\rVert_\infty^2,y_3^2\}. \tag*{(49)} i ∈ I M G + ( x ) ∑ x i ( M G x ) i ≥ y 3 2 + i = 1 ∑ n max { y 2 i 2 − y 3 2 , 0 } ≥ max {∥ y 2 ∥ ∞ 2 , y 3 2 } . (49) Since maxcut ( G ) ≥ m / 2 \operatorname{maxcut}(G)\geq m/2 maxcut ( G ) ≥ m /2 (see e.g. [26 ] ) and G G G is connected, we have maxcut ( G ) ≥ m / 2 ≥ ( n − 1 ) / 2 ≥ n / 4 \operatorname{maxcut}(G)\geq m/2\geq(n-1)/2\geq n/4 maxcut ( G ) ≥ m /2 ≥ ( n − 1 ) /2 ≥ n /4 . Hence, we can combine (48) and (49) to obtain
x T M G x ≥ − ( 4 maxcut ( G ) − 1 ) ∑ i ∈ I M G + ( x ) x i ( M G x ) i . (50) x^{\mathsf{T}}M_Gx\geq-(4\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1)\sum_{i\in I^+_{M_G}(x)}x_i(M_Gx)_i. \tag*{(50)} x T M G x ≥ − ( 4 maxcut ( G ) − 1 ) i ∈ I M G + ( x ) ∑ x i ( M G x ) i . (50) This shows that κ ^ ( M G , x ) ≤ maxcut ( G ) − 1 / 4 \hat{\kappa}(M_G,x)\leq\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1/4 κ ^ ( M G , x ) ≤ maxcut ( G ) − 1/4 for all x ∈ R m + n + 1 x\in\mathbb{R}^{m+n+1} x ∈ R m + n + 1 , and hence κ ^ ( M G ) ≤ maxcut ( G ) − 1 / 4 \hat{\kappa}(M_G)\leq\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1/4 κ ^ ( M G ) ≤ maxcut ( G ) − 1/4 . □ \square □
These claims together show κ ^ ( M G ) = maxcut ( G ) − 1 / 4 \widehat{\kappa}(M_G)=\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1/4 κ ( M G ) = maxcut ( G ) − 1/4 .
Proof of Theorem 1.4 . As in Lemma 7.13, we can construct M G ∈ Z ( m + n + 1 ) × ( m + n + 1 ) M_G \in\mathbb{Z}^{(m+n+1)\times(m+n+1)} M G ∈ Z ( m + n + 1 ) × ( m + n + 1 ) for any connected graph G G G with ∣ V ∣ = n ≥ 2 |V|=n\ge2 ∣ V ∣ = n ≥ 2 and ∣ E ∣ = m |E|=m ∣ E ∣ = m . We have M G ∈ P M_G\in\mathcal{P} M G ∈ P and κ ^ ( M G ) = maxcut ( G ) − 1 / 4 \widehat{\kappa}(M_G)=\operatorname{maxcut}(G)-1/4 κ ( M G ) = maxcut ( G ) − 1/4 . Thus, a polynomial algorithm that can approximate 1 / 4 + κ ^ ( M ) 1/4+\widehat{\kappa}(M) 1/4 + κ ( M ) for a sufficient matrix M M M within a multiplicative factor of α \alpha α yields the same approximation guarantee for the max cut of G G G in polynomial time, proving the theorem.
Rump’s characterization of sufficient matrix
Having seen Rump’s original characterization of P \mathcal{P} P -matrices using sign-real spectral radius Theorem 7.4 and also its extension for P 0 \mathcal{P}_0 P 0 -matrices Theorem 7.6, we conclude this section by giving a similar characterization for P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_\star P ⋆ -matrices.
Throughout this section, we assume M ∈ P 0 M\in\mathcal{P}_0 M ∈ P 0 so that I n + M I_n+M I n + M is nonsingular (Corollary 2.5 ). We again make use of the change of variable by midpoint in Proposition 7.11 to express v ∘ ( M v ) v\circ(Mv) v ∘ ( M v ) as a difference of squares. Let x : = 1 2 ( v + M v ) x:=\frac{1}{2}(v+Mv) x := 2 1 ( v + M v ) and N : = 1 2 ( M − I n ) N:=\frac{1}{2}(M-I_n) N := 2 1 ( M − I n ) . As in the proof of Proposition 7.11 ,
M v = ( I n + N ( I n + N ) − 1 ) x , v = ( I n − N ( I n + N ) − 1 ) x , (51) Mv=(I_n+N(I_n+N)^{-1})x,\qquad v=(I_n-N(I_n+N)^{-1})x, \tag*{(51)} M v = ( I n + N ( I n + N ) − 1 ) x , v = ( I n − N ( I n + N ) − 1 ) x , (51)
where N ( I n + N ) − 1 = ( M − I n ) ( M + I n ) − 1 = C − 1 ( M ) N(I_n+N)^{-1}=(M-I_n)(M+I_n)^{-1}=C^{-1}(M) N ( I n + N ) − 1 = ( M − I n ) ( M + I n ) − 1 = C − 1 ( M ) is the inverse Cayley transform of M M M (see Proposition 7.3 ). Hence, we have
v ∘ ( M v ) = ( I − C − 1 ( M ) ) x ∘ ( I + C − 1 ( M ) ) x = x 2 − ( C − 1 ( M ) x ) 2 . (52) v\circ(Mv)=(I-C^{-1}(M))x\circ(I+C^{-1}(M))x=x^2-(C^{-1}(M)x)^2. \tag*{(52)} v ∘ ( M v ) = ( I − C − 1 ( M )) x ∘ ( I + C − 1 ( M )) x = x 2 − ( C − 1 ( M ) x ) 2 . (52)
We recall M M M is column sufficient if v ∘ ( M v ) ≤ 0 n v\circ(Mv)\leq0_n v ∘ ( M v ) ≤ 0 n implies v ∘ ( M v ) = 0 n v\circ(Mv)=0_n v ∘ ( M v ) = 0 n for all v ∈ R n v\in\mathbb{R}^n v ∈ R n , and is row sufficient if M T M^{\mathsf{T}} M T is column sufficient, and further, M ∈ P ⋆ M\in\mathcal{P}_\star M ∈ P ⋆ if and only if M M M is both column and row sufficient by Väliaho’s theorem (Theorem 2.3). The recent result by E.-Nagy and Végh [19 Theorem 1.4] also gives a strengthening of Väliaho’s theorem, characterizing sufficient matrices using both v ∘ M v v\circ Mv v ∘ M v and u ∘ M v + v ∘ M u u\circ Mv+v\circ Mu u ∘ M v + v ∘ M u .
Theorem 7.16 ([19 ] ). For any M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n , M M M is sufficient if and only if for all u , v ∈ R n u,v\in\mathbb{R}^n u , v ∈ R n , v ∘ M v ≤ 0 n v\circ Mv\leq0_n v ∘ M v ≤ 0 n and u ∘ M v + v ∘ M u ≤ 0 n u\circ Mv+v\circ Mu\leq0_n u ∘ M v + v ∘ M u ≤ 0 n imply v ∘ M v = 0 n v\circ Mv=0_n v ∘ M v = 0 n and u ∘ M v + v ∘ M u = 0 n u\circ Mv+v\circ Mu=0_n u ∘ M v + v ∘ M u = 0 n .
Similar to (52) , we can express u ∘ M v + v ∘ M u u\circ Mv+v\circ Mu u ∘ M v + v ∘ M u as a difference of squares. We let x = 1 2 ( v + M v ) x=\frac{1}{2}(v+Mv) x = 2 1 ( v + M v ) , N = 1 2 ( M − I n ) N=\frac{1}{2}(M-I_n) N = 2 1 ( M − I n ) as before and also y = 1 2 ( u + M u ) y=\frac{1}{2}(u+Mu) y = 2 1 ( u + M u ) . Then recalling (51) and C − 1 ( M ) = N ( I n + N ) − 1 C^{-1}(M)=N(I_n+N)^{-1} C − 1 ( M ) = N ( I n + N ) − 1 ,
u ∘ M v + v ∘ M u = ( I n − C − 1 ( M ) ) x ∘ ( I n + C − 1 ( M ) ) x + ( I n − C − 1 ( M ) ) x ∘ ( I n + C − 1 ( M ) ) y = 2 ( x ∘ y − C − 1 ( M ) x ∘ C − 1 ( M ) y ) . (53) \begin{aligned}
u\circ Mv+v\circ Mu={}&(I_n-C^{-1}(M))x\circ(I_n+C^{-1}(M))x+(I_n-C^{-1}(M))x\circ(I_n+C^{-1}(M))y\\
={}&2(x\circ y-C^{-1}(M)x\circ C^{-1}(M)y). \tag*{(53)}
\end{aligned} u ∘ M v + v ∘ M u = = ( I n − C − 1 ( M )) x ∘ ( I n + C − 1 ( M )) x + ( I n − C − 1 ( M )) x ∘ ( I n + C − 1 ( M )) y 2 ( x ∘ y − C − 1 ( M ) x ∘ C − 1 ( M ) y ) . (53)
We can now give a full characterization of P \mathcal{P} P -, P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_\star P ⋆ - and P 0 \mathcal{P}_0 P 0 -matrices using sign-real spectral radius.
Theorem 7.17 (Rump’s theorem for P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_\star P ⋆ -matrix). For M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n , if I n + M I_n+M I n + M is singular, then M ∉ P 0 M\notin\mathcal{P}_0 M ∈ / P 0 . Suppose that I n + M I_n+M I n + M is nonsingular, and let M ~ : = C − 1 ( M ) = ( M − I n ) ( M + I n ) − 1 \widetilde{M}:=C^{-1}(M)=(M-I_n)(M+I_n)^{-1} M := C − 1 ( M ) = ( M − I n ) ( M + I n ) − 1 . Then,
(i) M ∈ P M\in\mathcal{P} M ∈ P if and only if ρ 0 S ( M ~ ) < 1 \rho_0^{\mathsf{S}}(\widetilde{M})<1 ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 .
(ii) M ∈ P ⋆ ∖ P M\in\mathcal{P}_\star\setminus\mathcal{P} M ∈ P ⋆ ∖ P if and only if it satisfies the following: ρ 0 S ( M ~ ) = 1 \rho_0^{\mathsf{S}}(\widetilde{M})=1 ρ 0 S ( M ) = 1 ; for all x ∈ R n x\in\mathbb{R}^n x ∈ R n , if ∣ M ~ x ∣ ≥ ∣ x ∣ |\widetilde{M}x|\geq|x| ∣ M x ∣ ≥ ∣ x ∣ , then ∣ M ~ x ∣ = ∣ x ∣ |\widetilde{M}x|=|x| ∣ M x ∣ = ∣ x ∣ ; for all x , y ∈ R n x,y\in\mathbb{R}^n x , y ∈ R n if ∣ M ~ x ∣ = ∣ x ∣ |\widetilde{M}x|=|x| ∣ M x ∣ = ∣ x ∣ and M ~ x ∘ M ~ y ≥ x ∘ y \widetilde{M}x\circ\widetilde{M}y\geq x\circ y M x ∘ M y ≥ x ∘ y then M ~ x ∘ M ~ y = x ∘ y \widetilde{M}x\circ\widetilde{M}y=x\circ y M x ∘ M y = x ∘ y .
(iii) M ∈ P 0 M\in\mathcal{P}_0 M ∈ P 0 if and only if ρ 0 S ( M ~ ) ≤ 1 \rho_0^{\mathsf{S}}(\widetilde{M})\leq1 ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 .
Proof. By Corollary 2.5 , M ∈ P 0 M\in\mathcal{P}_0 M ∈ P 0 implies I n + M I_n+M I n + M is nonsingular. Part (i) and (iii) follow from Theorem 7.4 and Theorem 7.6. Using Theorem 7.16 , (52) , and (53) , M ∈ P ⋆ ∖ P M\in\mathcal{P}_\star\setminus\mathcal{P} M ∈ P ⋆ ∖ P if and only if ρ 0 S ( M ~ ) = 1 \rho_0^{\mathsf{S}}(\widetilde{M})=1 ρ 0 S ( M ) = 1 , and for all x , y ∈ R n x,y\in\mathbb{R}^n x , y ∈ R n , if ∣ M ~ x ∣ ≥ ∣ x ∣ |\widetilde{M}x|\geq|x| ∣ M x ∣ ≥ ∣ x ∣ and M ~ x ∘ M ~ y ≥ x ∘ y \widetilde{M}x\circ\widetilde{M}y\geq x\circ y M x ∘ M y ≥ x ∘ y , then ∣ M ~ x ∣ = ∣ x ∣ |\widetilde{M}x|=|x| ∣ M x ∣ = ∣ x ∣ and M ~ x ∘ M ~ y = x ∘ y \widetilde{M}x\circ\widetilde{M}y=x\circ y M x ∘ M y = x ∘ y . This is equivalent to Part (ii).
Criteria for a general matrix to be sufficient were extensively studied by Väliaho [80 ] . Apart from providing a spectral viewpoint of P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_\star P ⋆ -matrices which could be of theoretical interest, Theorem 7.17 may also be used to develop new properties of sufficient matrices, which then give practical screening tests to detect non-sufficiency.
For example, Theorem 7.17 yields the following corollary on the structure of the zero eigenspace of a sufficient matrix. An eigenvalue is semi-simple if its algebraic multiplicity (possibly zero) is equal to its geometric multiplicity, that is, the associated Jordan block of that eigenvalue is diagonal. For x ∈ R n x\in\mathbb{R}^n x ∈ R n , we define sgn ( x ) ∈ { + 1 , 0 } n \operatorname{sgn}(x)\in\{+1,0\}^n sgn ( x ) ∈ { + 1 , 0 } n to be ( sgn ( x ) ) i = sgn ( x i ) (\operatorname{sgn}(x))_i=\operatorname{sgn}(x_i) ( sgn ( x ) ) i = sgn ( x i ) for all i ∈ [ n ] i\in[n] i ∈ [ n ] , where sgn ( 0 ) : = 0 \operatorname{sgn}(0):=0 sgn ( 0 ) := 0 . For U ⊆ R n U\subseteq\mathbb{R}^n U ⊆ R n , we let sgn ( U ) : = { sgn ( x ) : x ∈ U } \operatorname{sgn}(U):=\{\operatorname{sgn}(x):x\in U\} sgn ( U ) := { sgn ( x ) : x ∈ U } .
Corollary 7.18. Let M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n M\in\mathcal{P}_\star\cap\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n . Then 0 0 0 is a semi-simple eigenvalue of M M M , in particular, ker ( M p ) = ker ( M ) \ker(M^p)=\ker(M) ker ( M p ) = ker ( M ) and rk ( M p ) = rk ( M ) \operatorname{rk}(M^p)=\operatorname{rk}(M) rk ( M p ) = rk ( M ) for all p ∈ N p\in\mathbb{N} p ∈ N . Further, sgn ( ker ( M ) ) = sgn ( ker ( M T ) ) \operatorname{sgn}(\ker(M))=\operatorname{sgn}(\ker(M^{\mathsf{T}})) sgn ( ker ( M )) = sgn ( ker ( M T )) .
The proof can be found in § 9.3 .
Initialization, termination and guessing of the handicap number
We start by two simple statements on (column) sufficient matrices that will be needed for the initialization scheme. The first one is true for any sufficient matrix, and follows easily by the convexity of the solution set of LCP(M , q M,q M , q ), see e.g. [8 Theorem 3.5.8] .
Lemma 8.1. Let M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} \cap\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n , q ∈ R n q \in\mathbb{R}^{n} q ∈ R n , and let ( x , s ) (x,s) ( x , s ) and ( x ′ , s ′ ) (x',s') ( x ′ , s ′ ) be two solutions to LCP(M , q M,q M , q ). Then, for any i ∈ [ n ] i \in[n] i ∈ [ n ] , either x i = x i ′ x_i=x'_i x i = x i ′ or s i = s i ′ s_i=s'_i s i = s i ′ .
For sufficient matrices, the above statement is also implied by the next bound, that can be seen as a generalization of the near monotonicity of the central path of linear programs, see e.g., [84 Lemma 16] . We will use this to identify the optimal support from a sufficiently good approximate solution.
Lemma 8.2. Let M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) , q ∈ R n q \in\mathbb{R}^{n} q ∈ R n , and let ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( 1 / 2 ) (x,s,\mu) \in\mathcal{N}^{2}(1/2) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( 1/2 ) , and let ( x ˉ , s ˉ ) (\bar{x},\bar{s}) ( x ˉ , s ˉ ) be any solution to LCP(M , q M,q M , q ). Then,
( x ˉ , s ˉ ) ≤ 32 ( κ + 1 ) n ⋅ ( x , s ) . (\bar{x},\bar{s}) \le32(\kappa+1)n \cdot(x,s). ( x ˉ , s ˉ ) ≤ 32 ( κ + 1 ) n ⋅ ( x , s ) . Proof. Let v : = x − x ˉ v:=x-\bar{x} v := x − x ˉ . Then,
v ( M v ) = ( x − x ˉ ) ( s − s ˉ ) = x s + x ˉ s ˉ − x ˉ s − x s ˉ ≤ 3 2 μ ⋅ 1 n − x ˉ s − s ˉ x ≤ 3 2 μ ⋅ 1 n , v(Mv)=(x-\bar{x})(s-\bar{s})=xs+\bar{x}\bar{s}-\bar{x}s-x\bar{s}\le\frac{3}{2}\mu\cdot\mathbf{1}_{n}-\bar{x}s-\bar{s}x\le\frac{3}{2}\mu\cdot\mathbf{1}_{n}, v ( M v ) = ( x − x ˉ ) ( s − s ˉ ) = x s + x ˉ s ˉ − x ˉ s − x s ˉ ≤ 2 3 μ ⋅ 1 n − x ˉ s − s ˉ x ≤ 2 3 μ ⋅ 1 n , using the bound on x s ≤ 3 2 μ ⋅ 1 n xs \le\frac{3}{2}\mu\cdot\mathbf{1}_{n} x s ≤ 2 3 μ ⋅ 1 n from ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( 1 / 2 ) (x,s,\mu)\in\mathcal{N}^{2}(1/2) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( 1/2 ) , and x ˉ s ˉ = 0 \bar{x}\bar{s}=0 x ˉ s ˉ = 0 . By the definition of κ \kappa κ ,
0 ≤ ( 4 κ + 1 ) ∑ i ∈ I M ( v ) + v i ( M v ) i + ∑ i ∈ I M ( v ) − v i ( M v ) i ≤ 3 2 ( 4 κ + 1 ) ∣ I M ( v ) + ∣ μ + ∑ i ∈ I M ( v ) − v i ( M v ) i , 0\le(4\kappa+1)\sum_{i\in I^{+}_{M(v)}}v_i(Mv)_i+\sum_{i\in I^{-}_{M(v)}}v_i(Mv)_i\le\frac{3}{2}(4\kappa+1)|I^{+}_{M(v)}|\mu+\sum_{i\in I^{-}_{M(v)}}v_i(Mv)_i, 0 ≤ ( 4 κ + 1 ) i ∈ I M ( v ) + ∑ v i ( M v ) i + i ∈ I M ( v ) − ∑ v i ( M v ) i ≤ 2 3 ( 4 κ + 1 ) ∣ I M ( v ) + ∣ μ + i ∈ I M ( v ) − ∑ v i ( M v ) i , implying that for any i ∈ [ n ] i\in[n] i ∈ [ n ]
− 3 2 ( 4 κ + 1 ) ( n − 1 ) μ ≤ v i ( M v ) i ≤ 3 2 μ ⋅ 1 n − x ˉ i s i − s ˉ i x i , -\frac{3}{2}(4\kappa+1)(n-1)\mu\le v_i(Mv)_i\le\frac{3}{2}\mu\cdot\mathbf{1}_{n}-\bar{x}_i s_i-\bar{s}_i x_i, − 2 3 ( 4 κ + 1 ) ( n − 1 ) μ ≤ v i ( M v ) i ≤ 2 3 μ ⋅ 1 n − x ˉ i s i − s ˉ i x i , giving
x ˉ i s i + s ˉ i x i ≤ 3 ( 4 κ + 1 ) n μ . \bar{x}_i s_i+\bar{s}_i x_i\le3(4\kappa+1)n\mu. x ˉ i s i + s ˉ i x i ≤ 3 ( 4 κ + 1 ) n μ . By ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( 1 / 2 ) (x,s,\mu)\in\mathcal{N}^{2}(1/2) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( 1/2 ) , x i s i ≥ μ / 2 x_i s_i\ge\mu/2 x i s i ≥ μ /2 , giving
x ˉ i x i + s ˉ i s i ≤ 6 ( 4 κ + 1 ) n , \frac{\bar{x}_i}{x_i}+\frac{\bar{s}_i}{s_i}\le6(4\kappa+1)n, x i x ˉ i + s i s ˉ i ≤ 6 ( 4 κ + 1 ) n , implying the claim.
The extended system
To find an initial point ( x 0 , s 0 ) (x^{0},s^{0}) ( x 0 , s 0 ) for Algorithm 1, we follow the same procedure as in § 5 of [38 ] , by considering an LCP(M ^ , q ^ \widehat{M},\widehat{q} M , q ) of size 2 n 2n 2 n that embeds LCP(M , q M,q M , q ). We construct an embedding along with an initial point that lies exactly on the central path. Solving the embedded problem optimally (or to sufficiently high accuracy) either gives a solution to LCP(M , q M,q M , q ), or we may conclude that no feasible solution to the original problem exists. First, we recall standard bit-complexity bounds, see e.g. [70 ] .
Lemma 8.3. M ∈ Q n × n M\in\mathbb{Q}^{n\times n} M ∈ Q n × n , q ∈ Q n q\in\mathbb{Q}^{n} q ∈ Q n and L L L be the total encoding length of ( M , q ) (M,q) ( M , q ) . Then, there exists Δ ≤ 2 O ( L ) \Delta\le2^{O(L)} Δ ≤ 2 O ( L ) , Δ ∈ Z \Delta\in\mathbb{Z} Δ ∈ Z such that ∥ M ∥ max + ∥ q ∥ ∞ ≤ Δ \|M\|_{\max}+\|q\|_{\infty}\le\Delta ∥ M ∥ m a x + ∥ q ∥ ∞ ≤ Δ , and for every basic feasible solution ( x , s ) (x,s) ( x , s ) to the polyhedron F ( M , q ) \mathcal{F}(M,q) F ( M , q ) , and every i ∈ [ n ] i\in[n] i ∈ [ n ] , x i , s i ∈ { 0 } ∪ [ 1 / Δ , Δ ] x_i,s_i\in\{0\}\cup[1/\Delta,\Delta] x i , s i ∈ { 0 } ∪ [ 1/Δ , Δ ] .
We say that ( x , s ) (x,s) ( x , s ) is a complementary basic feasible solution if it is a complementary solution to LCP(M , q M,q M , q ) as well as a basic feasible solution to F ( M , q ) \mathcal{F}(M,q) F ( M , q ) . Clearly, for any complementary solution ( x , s ) (x,s) ( x , s ) to LCP(M , q M,q M , q ), there exists a complementary basic feasible solution ( x ˉ , s ˉ ) (\bar{x},\bar{s}) ( x ˉ , s ˉ ) with supp ( x ˉ ) ⊆ supp ( x ) \operatorname{supp}(\bar{x})\subseteq\operatorname{supp}(x) supp ( x ˉ ) ⊆ supp ( x ) and supp ( s ˉ ) ⊆ supp ( s ) \operatorname{supp}(\bar{s})\subseteq\operatorname{supp}(s) supp ( s ˉ ) ⊆ supp ( s ) .
The embedding is given as
M ^ x ^ + q ^ = s ^ , x ^ T s ^ = 0 , x ^ , s ^ ≥ 0 2 n , (LCP ( M ^ , q ^ ) ) \widehat{M}\widehat{x}+\widehat{q}=\widehat{s},\qquad\widehat{x}^{\mathsf{T}}\widehat{s}=0,\qquad\widehat{x},\widehat{s}\ge0_{2n},\qquad\text{(LCP}(\widehat{M},\widehat{q})\text{)} M x + q = s , x T s = 0 , x , s ≥ 0 2 n , (LCP ( M , q ) )
where
M ^ = ( M I n − I n 0 ) , q ^ = ( q q ~ ) , x ^ = ( x x ~ ) , s ^ = ( s s ~ ) . \widehat{M}=\begin{pmatrix} M & I_n \\ -I_n & 0 \end{pmatrix},\qquad\widehat{q}=\begin{pmatrix} q \\ \widetilde{q} \end{pmatrix},\qquad\widehat{x}=\begin{pmatrix} x \\ \widetilde{x} \end{pmatrix},\qquad\widehat{s}=\begin{pmatrix} s \\ \widetilde{s} \end{pmatrix}. M = ( M − I n I n 0 ) , q = ( q q ) , x = ( x x ) , s = ( s s ) .
Lemma 8.4 (Initialization). Let M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ Q n × n M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} \cap\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ Q n × n , q ∈ Q n q \in\mathbb{Q}^{n} q ∈ Q n and L L L be the total encoding length of ( M , q ) (M,q) ( M , q ) , and let Δ ≤ 2 O ( L ) \Delta\le2^{O(L)} Δ ≤ 2 O ( L ) as in Lemma 8.3. Let us define x ^ 0 = ( x 0 , x ~ 0 ) \hat{x}^{0}=(x^{0},\tilde{x}^{0}) x ^ 0 = ( x 0 , x ~ 0 ) , s ^ 0 = ( s 0 , s ~ 0 ) \hat{s}^{0}=(s^{0},\tilde{s}^{0}) s ^ 0 = ( s 0 , s ~ 0 ) , q ~ \tilde{q} q ~ and μ ^ 0 \hat{\mu}_{0} μ ^ 0 by
x 0 = 2 Δ 1 n , s 0 = 4 Δ 2 n 1 n , x ~ 0 = s 0 − M x 0 − q , s ~ 0 = 8 n Δ 3 x ~ 0 , q ~ = x 0 + s ~ 0 , μ ^ 0 = 8 n Δ 3 . (54) x^{0}=2\Delta\mathbf{1}_{n}, \qquad s^{0}=4\Delta^{2}n\mathbf{1}_{n}, \qquad\tilde{x}^{0}=s^{0}-Mx^{0}-q, \qquad\tilde{s}^{0}=\frac{8n\Delta^{3}}{\tilde{x}^{0}}, \qquad\tilde{q}=x^{0}+\tilde{s}^{0}, \qquad\hat{\mu}_{0}=8n\Delta^{3}. \tag*{(54)} x 0 = 2Δ 1 n , s 0 = 4 Δ 2 n 1 n , x ~ 0 = s 0 − M x 0 − q , s ~ 0 = x ~ 0 8 n Δ 3 , q ~ = x 0 + s ~ 0 , μ ^ 0 = 8 n Δ 3 . (54) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) if and only if M ^ ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) \hat{M} \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ^ ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) and κ ^ ( M ) = κ ^ ( M ^ ) \hat{\kappa}(M)=\hat{\kappa}(\hat{M}) κ ^ ( M ) = κ ^ ( M ^ ) , and ( x ^ 0 , s ^ 0 ) (\hat{x}^{0},\hat{s}^{0}) ( x ^ 0 , s ^ 0 ) is a central path point to LCP(\hat{M},\hat{q}) with μ ^ 0 \hat{\mu}_{0} μ ^ 0 .
Let ( x ^ ∗ , s ^ ∗ ) = ( ( x ∗ , x ~ ∗ ) , ( s ∗ , s ~ ∗ ) ) (\hat{x}^{*},\hat{s}^{*})=((x^{*},\tilde{x}^{*}),(s^{*},\tilde{s}^{*})) ( x ^ ∗ , s ^ ∗ ) = (( x ∗ , x ~ ∗ ) , ( s ∗ , s ~ ∗ )) be any solution to LCP(\hat{M},\hat{q}). If x ~ ∗ = 0 n \tilde{x}^{*}=0_{n} x ~ ∗ = 0 n , then ( x ∗ , s ∗ ) (x^{*},s^{*}) ( x ∗ , s ∗ ) is a solution to LCP(M,q). If x ~ ∗ ≠ 0 n \tilde{x}^{*}\ne0_{n} x ~ ∗ = 0 n , then LCP(M,q) has no solution.
Proof. The proof of M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) if and only if M ^ ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) \hat{M} \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ^ ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) can be found in [38 ] , Lemma 5.3, implying κ ^ ( M ) = κ ^ ( M ^ ) \hat{\kappa}(M)=\hat{\kappa}(\hat{M}) κ ^ ( M ) = κ ^ ( M ^ ) . It can be directly verified that s ~ 0 = M ^ x ^ 0 + q ^ \tilde{s}^{0}=\hat{M}\hat{x}^{0}+\hat{q} s ~ 0 = M ^ x ^ 0 + q ^ and that x ^ 0 s ^ 0 = 8 n Δ 3 1 2 n \hat{x}^{0}\hat{s}^{0}=8n\Delta^{3}\mathbf{1}_{2n} x ^ 0 s ^ 0 = 8 n Δ 3 1 2 n . Further,
x ~ 0 ≥ s 0 − ∥ M x 0 + q ∥ ∞ 1 n ≥ ( 4 Δ 2 n − 2 Δ 2 n − Δ ) 1 n > 0 n , \tilde{x}^{0}\ge s^{0}-\lVert Mx^{0}+q\rVert_{\infty}\mathbf{1}_{n}\ge(4\Delta^{2}n-2\Delta^{2}n-\Delta)\mathbf{1}_{n}>0_{n}, x ~ 0 ≥ s 0 − ∥ M x 0 + q ∥ ∞ 1 n ≥ ( 4 Δ 2 n − 2 Δ 2 n − Δ ) 1 n > 0 n ,
Hence, ( x ^ 0 , s ^ 0 ) (\hat{x}^{0},\hat{s}^{0}) ( x ^ 0 , s ^ 0 ) lies on the central path with μ ^ 0 = 8 n Δ 3 \hat{\mu}_{0}=8n\Delta^{3} μ ^ 0 = 8 n Δ 3 . If x ~ ∗ = 0 n \tilde{x}^{*}=0_{n} x ~ ∗ = 0 n then ( x ∗ , s ∗ ) (x^{*},s^{*}) ( x ∗ , s ∗ ) is a solution to LCP(M,q) by the construction of LCP(\hat{M},\hat{q}).
If x ~ ∗ ≠ 0 n \tilde{x}^{*}\ne0_{n} x ~ ∗ = 0 n , then let i ∈ [ n ] i \in[n] i ∈ [ n ] with x ~ i ∗ > 0 \tilde{x}^{*}_{i}>0 x ~ i ∗ > 0 . For a contradiction, assume LCP(M,q) is feasible, and select ( x ˉ , s ˉ ) (\bar{x},\bar{s}) ( x ˉ , s ˉ ) as any complementary basic feasible solution of LCP(M,q). This extends to a solution ( ( x ˉ , 0 n ) , ( s ˉ , s ~ ) ) ((\bar{x},0_{n}),(\bar{s},\tilde{s})) (( x ˉ , 0 n ) , ( s ˉ , s ~ )) of LCP(\hat{M},\hat{q}) by setting s ~ : = q ~ − x ˉ \tilde{s}:=\tilde{q}-\bar{x} s ~ := q ~ − x ˉ . Since x ~ i = 0 < x ~ i ∗ \tilde{x}_{i}=0<\tilde{x}^{*}_{i} x ~ i = 0 < x ~ i ∗ , Lemma 8.1 implies that s ~ i = s ~ i ∗ = 0 \tilde{s}_{i}=\tilde{s}^{*}_{i}=0 s ~ i = s ~ i ∗ = 0 , where the latter equality follows by x ~ i ∗ s ~ i ∗ = 0 \tilde{x}^{*}_{i}\tilde{s}^{*}_{i}=0 x ~ i ∗ s ~ i ∗ = 0 . But
s ~ i = q ~ i − x ˉ i ≥ x i 0 − x ˉ i = 2 Δ − x ˉ i > 0 , (55) \tilde{s}_{i}=\tilde{q}_{i}-\bar{x}_{i}\ge x^{0}_{i}-\bar{x}_{i}=2\Delta-\bar{x}_{i}>0, \tag*{(55)} s ~ i = q ~ i − x ˉ i ≥ x i 0 − x ˉ i = 2Δ − x ˉ i > 0 , (55)
by Lemma 8.3, a contradiction.
We now use the near-monotonicity property Lemma 8.2 to identify the optimal support of LCP(M,q) from an approximate solution to the embedded system, assuming that M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) .
Lemma 8.5. Let M ∈ Q n × n M \in\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ Q n × n , q ∈ Q n q \in\mathbb{Q}^{n} q ∈ Q n , κ > 0 \kappa>0 κ > 0 , and L L L be the total encoding length of ( M , q ) (M,q) ( M , q ) , and let Δ ≤ 2 O ( L ) \Delta\le2^{O(L)} Δ ≤ 2 O ( L ) as in Lemma 8.3. Consider the embedded system LCP(\hat{M},\hat{q}) with q ~ \tilde{q} q ~ defined as in (54) , and let ( ( x , x ~ ) , ( s , s ~ ) , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( 1 / 2 ) ((x,\tilde{x}),(s,\tilde{s}),\mu)\in\mathcal{N}^{2}(1/2) (( x , x ~ ) , ( s , s ~ ) , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( 1/2 ) and μ ≤ 1 / ( 16384 n 3 Δ 2 ( κ + 1 ) 2 ) \mu\le1/(16384n^{3}\Delta^{2}(\kappa+1)^{2}) μ ≤ 1/ ( 16384 n 3 Δ 2 ( κ + 1 ) 2 ) . Define
I : = { i ∈ [ n ] : x i ≤ 2 n μ } , J : = { j ∈ [ n ] : s j ≤ 2 n μ } . I:=\{i\in[n]:x_{i}\le\sqrt{2n\mu}\},\qquad J:=\{j\in[n]:s_{j}\le\sqrt{2n\mu}\}. I := { i ∈ [ n ] : x i ≤ 2 n μ } , J := { j ∈ [ n ] : s j ≤ 2 n μ } . Then I ∪ J = [ n ] I\cup J=[n] I ∪ J = [ n ] , and at least one of the following hold:
There exists a solution ( x ˉ , s ˉ ) ∈ F ( M , q ) (\bar{x},\bar{s})\in\mathcal{F}(M,q) ( x ˉ , s ˉ ) ∈ F ( M , q ) with x ˉ I = 0 I \bar{x}_{I}=0_{I} x ˉ I = 0 I and s ˉ J = 0 J \bar{s}_{J}=0_{J} s ˉ J = 0 J , which is a complementary solution to LCP(M,q);
LCP(M,q) is infeasible;
κ ^ ( M ) > κ \hat{\kappa}(M)>\kappa κ ^ ( M ) > κ .
Proof. Since ( ( x , x ~ ) , ( s , s ~ ) , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( 1 / 2 ) ((x,\tilde{x}),(s,\tilde{s}),\mu)\in\mathcal{N}^{2}(1/2) (( x , x ~ ) , ( s , s ~ ) , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( 1/2 ) , by looking at the first n n n coordinates, ∣ x T s / μ − n ∣ ≤ ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 1 ≤ n / 2 \lvert x^{\mathsf{T}}s/\mu-n\rvert\le\lVert\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_{1}\le\sqrt{n}/2 ∣ x T s / μ − n ∣ ≤ ∥ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 1 ≤ n /2 , and consequently x T s ≤ 2 n μ x^{\mathsf{T}}s\le2n\mu x T s ≤ 2 n μ . Hence, for each i ∈ [ n ] i\in[n] i ∈ [ n ] , 0 ≤ x i s i ≤ 2 n μ 0\le x_{i}s_{i}\le2n\mu 0 ≤ x i s i ≤ 2 n μ implies that I ∪ J = [ n ] I\cup J=[n] I ∪ J = [ n ] . Assume that κ ^ ( M ) ≤ κ \hat{\kappa}(M)\le\kappa κ ^ ( M ) ≤ κ , that is, M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M\in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) , and that LCP(M,q) is feasible. We show that (i) must hold.
Let ( x ˉ , s ˉ ) (\bar{x},\bar{s}) ( x ˉ , s ˉ ) be a complementary basic feasible solution to the original system LCP(M,q). Thus, ( ( x ˉ , 0 n ) , ( s ˉ , q ~ − x ˉ ) ) ((\bar{x},0_{n}),(\bar{s},\tilde{q}-\bar{x})) (( x ˉ , 0 n ) , ( s ˉ , q ~ − x ˉ )) is complementary feasible to LCP(\hat{M},\hat{q}); for this, q ~ − x ˉ > 0 n \tilde{q}-\bar{x}>0_{n} q ~ − x ˉ > 0 n follows in (53). We apply Lemma 8.2 to ( ( x , x ~ ) , ( s , s ~ ) ) ((x,\tilde{x}),(s,\tilde{s})) (( x , x ~ ) , ( s , s ~ )) and to ( ( x ˉ , 0 n ) , ( s ˉ , q ~ − x ˉ ) ) ((\bar{x},0_{n}),(\bar{s},\tilde{q}-\bar{x})) (( x ˉ , 0 n ) , ( s ˉ , q ~ − x ˉ )) ; we use that κ ^ ( M ^ ) = κ ^ ( M ) ≤ κ \hat{\kappa}(\hat{M})=\hat{\kappa}(M)\le\kappa κ ^ ( M ^ ) = κ ^ ( M ) ≤ κ by Lemma 8.4. Hence,
x ˉ i ≤ 64 ( κ + 1 ) n x i ≤ 2 n μ ⋅ 64 ( κ + 1 ) n < 1 Δ , ∀ i ∈ I , \bar{x}_{i}\le64(\kappa+1)nx_{i}\le\sqrt{2n\mu}\cdot64(\kappa+1)n<\frac{1}{\Delta},\qquad\forall i\in I, x ˉ i ≤ 64 ( κ + 1 ) n x i ≤ 2 n μ ⋅ 64 ( κ + 1 ) n < Δ 1 , ∀ i ∈ I ,
and
s ˉ i ≤ 64 ( κ + 1 ) n s i ≤ 2 n μ ⋅ 64 ( κ + 1 ) n < 1 Δ , ∀ i ∈ J . \bar{s}_{i}\le64(\kappa+1)ns_{i}\le\sqrt{2n\mu}\cdot64(\kappa+1)n<\frac{1}{\Delta},\qquad\forall i\in J. s ˉ i ≤ 64 ( κ + 1 ) n s i ≤ 2 n μ ⋅ 64 ( κ + 1 ) n < Δ 1 , ∀ i ∈ J .
By Lemma 8.3, x ˉ I = 0 I \bar{x}_{I}=0_{I} x ˉ I = 0 I and s ˉ J = 0 J \bar{s}_{J}=0_{J} s ˉ J = 0 J . Since LCP(M,q) is assumed to be feasible and this holds for the chosen complementary basic feasible solution, we can conclude (i).
:::
The overall algorithm
Algorithm 3 presents the full version of our algorithm needed to prove Theorem 1.2, where we do not assume knowledge of κ ^ ( M ) \hat{\kappa}(M) κ ^ ( M ) . As shown in § 7 , given an instance of LCP ( M , q ) \operatorname{LCP}(M,q) LCP ( M , q ) , it is coNP-hard to decide if M M M is sufficient or not, and even if there is a guarantee that M ∈ P ⋆ M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ P ⋆ , it is still NP-hard to compute its handicap number. By using similar strategies developed by Potra and Liu [56 ] to handle the unknown handicap number and Illés, E.-Nagy and Terlaky [33 ] to adapt the algorithm to treat general matrices, we can modify our algorithm to require no knowledge of κ ^ ( M ) \hat{\kappa}(M) κ ^ ( M ) or whether M ∈ P ⋆ M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ P ⋆ or not. We make use of the following upper bound on the handicap number of any rational P ⋆ \mathcal{P}_{\star} P ⋆ -matrix in terms of its encoding length.
Theorem 8.6 ([19 ] ). For any M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ Q n × n M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} \cap\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ Q n × n with encoding length length ( M ) \operatorname{length}(M) length ( M ) , κ ^ ( M ) < 2 O ( n length ( M ) ) \hat{\kappa}(M) < 2^{O(n\operatorname{length}(M))} κ ^ ( M ) < 2 O ( n length ( M )) .
In order to get the better of the running times in Theorem 4.2 and Theorem 6.4, for a guess κ ≥ 1 \kappa\ge1 κ ≥ 1 on κ ^ ( M ) \hat{\kappa}(M) κ ^ ( M ) , we define the parameters β n ( κ ) \beta_n(\kappa) β n ( κ ) and δ n ( κ ) \delta_n(\kappa) δ n ( κ ) as
β n ( κ ) ∈ { [ 1 8 ( 1 + κ ) , 1 4 ( 1 + κ ) ] , if κ 4 ≤ n 5 , [ 1 8192 n 3 / 2 , 1 4096 n 3 / 2 ] , if κ 4 > n 5 δ n ( κ ) ∈ { [ 1 32 n ( 1 + κ ) , 1 16 n ( 1 + κ ) ] , if κ 4 ≤ n 5 , [ 1 2436 n 9 / 8 1 + κ , 1 1218 n 9 / 8 1 + κ ] , if κ 4 > n 5 . (56) \beta_n(\kappa) \in\begin{cases}
\left[\frac{1}{8(1+\kappa)},\frac{1}{4(1+\kappa)}\right], & \text{if } \kappa^4 \le n^5,\\
\left[\frac{1}{8192n^{3/2}},\frac{1}{4096n^{3/2}}\right], & \text{if } \kappa^4 > n^5
\end{cases}
\qquad
\delta_n(\kappa) \in\begin{cases}
\left[\frac{1}{32\sqrt{n}(1+\kappa)},\frac{1}{16\sqrt{n}(1+\kappa)}\right], & \text{if } \kappa^4 \le n^5,\\
\left[\frac{1}{2436n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}},\frac{1}{1218n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}}\right], & \text{if } \kappa^4 > n^5.
\end{cases} \tag*{(56)} β n ( κ ) ∈ { [ 8 ( 1 + κ ) 1 , 4 ( 1 + κ ) 1 ] , [ 8192 n 3/2 1 , 4096 n 3/2 1 ] , if κ 4 ≤ n 5 , if κ 4 > n 5 δ n ( κ ) ∈ ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ [ 32 n ( 1 + κ ) 1 , 16 n ( 1 + κ ) 1 ] , [ 2436 n 9/8 1 + κ 1 , 1218 n 9/8 1 + κ 1 ] , if κ 4 ≤ n 5 , if κ 4 > n 5 . (56)
We separate the iterations for a fixed promise κ \kappa κ from the guessing procedure. The subroutine FIXEDKAPPANEWTON in Algorithm 3 takes an input ( M , q ) (M,q) ( M , q ) and an initial point ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) (x^0,s^0,\mu_0) ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) on the central path, along with a fixed guess κ ≥ 1 \kappa\ge1 κ ≥ 1 on κ ^ ( M ) \hat{\kappa}(M) κ ^ ( M ) . It stays in the neighborhood β n ( κ ) \beta_n(\kappa) β n ( κ ) and uses step size δ n ( κ ) \delta_n(\kappa) δ n ( κ ) . There are three possible outputs:
( x ^ , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( β n ( κ ) ) (\hat{x},s,\mu) \in\mathcal{N}^2(\beta_n(\kappa)) ( x ^ , s , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( β n ( κ )) with μ ≤ μ 1 \mu\le\mu_1 μ ≤ μ 1 , or
κ ^ ( M ) > κ \hat{\kappa}(M) > \kappa κ ^ ( M ) > κ , or
M ∉ P ⋆ M \notin\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆ .
Algorithm 3 takes a rational input ( M , q ) (M,q) ( M , q ) . According to Theorem 2.1 , if M ∈ P ⋆ M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ P ⋆ and F ( M , q ) ≠ ∅ \mathcal{F}(M,q) \ne\varnothing F ( M , q ) = ∅ , then LCP ( M , q ) \operatorname{LCP}(M,q) LCP ( M , q ) must be feasible. Hence, we can first run an LP solver to solve the linear relaxation M x + q = s Mx+q=s M x + q = s , x , s ≥ 0 n x,s \ge0_n x , s ≥ 0 n . If this is infeasible, we terminate. Otherwise, either the LCP is feasible or M ∉ P ⋆ M \notin\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆ must hold.
We let L = length ( M , q ) L=\operatorname{length}(M,q) L = length ( M , q ) , and set Δ = 2 O ( L ) \Delta=2^{O(L)} Δ = 2 O ( L ) as in Lemma 8.3 . We start with the guess κ = 1 \kappa=1 κ = 1 ; this will be doubled after each unsuccessful attempt. For each value of κ \kappa κ , we call FIXEDKAPPANEWTON on the embedded system ( M ^ , q ^ ) (\widehat{M},\widehat{q}) ( M , q ) as in LCP ( M ^ , q ^ ) \operatorname{LCP}(\widehat{M},\widehat{q}) LCP ( M , q ) with the initial point ( x ^ 0 , s ^ 0 , μ ^ 0 ) (\widehat{x}^{0},\widehat{s}^{0},\widehat{\mu}_0) ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) on the central path as in Lemma 8.4 , and μ 1 \mu_1 μ 1 as in Lemma 8.5 .
If it returns M ^ ∉ P ⋆ \widehat{M} \notin\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆ , we terminate. If the output is κ ^ ( M ^ ) > κ \hat{\kappa}(\widehat{M})>\kappa κ ^ ( M ) > κ , then we double κ \kappa κ and restart. If it returns a solution ( ( x , x ~ ) , ( s , s ~ ) , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( β 2 n ( κ ) ) ((x,\widetilde{x}),(s,\widetilde{s}),\mu) \in\mathcal{N}^2(\beta_{2n}(\kappa)) (( x , x ) , ( s , s ) , μ ) ∈ N 2 ( β 2 n ( κ )) , we identify ( I , J ) (I,J) ( I , J ) as in Lemma 8.5 , and solve the LP M ^ x ‾ + q ^ = s ‾ \widehat{M}\overline{x}+\widehat{q}=\overline{s} M x + q = s , x ‾ , s ‾ ≥ 0 n \overline{x},\overline{s}\ge0_n x , s ≥ 0 n , x ‾ I = 0 I \overline{x}_I=0_I x I = 0 I , s ‾ J = 0 J \overline{s}_J=0_J s J = 0 J . This is obtained from an LP solver denoted as LPSOLVE. If this is feasible, we return ( x ‾ , s ‾ ) (\overline{x},\overline{s}) ( x , s ) . Otherwise, we conclude again κ ^ ( M ) > κ \hat{\kappa}(M)>\kappa κ ^ ( M ) > κ and restart after doubling the guess. If κ \kappa κ exceeds the bound T T T as in Theorem 8.6 , then we terminate by concluding again M ∉ P ⋆ M\notin\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆ .
Now we can prove our main theorem Theorem 1.2.
Theorem 1.2. Let M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ Q n × n M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}\cap\mathbb{Q}^{n\times n} M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ Q n × n , q ∈ Q n q\in\mathbb{Q}^n q ∈ Q n of total encoding length L L L . There exists an algorithm that either finds a solution to LCP ( M , q ) \operatorname{LCP}(M,q) LCP ( M , q ) or concludes its infeasibility in total running time dominated by
O ( min { n ( 1 + κ ^ ( M ) ) , n 9 / 8 1 + κ ^ ( M ) } ⋅ ( L + log ( 2 + κ ^ ( M ) ) ) ) O\left(\min\left\{\sqrt{n}(1+\hat{\kappa}(M)),n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\hat{\kappa}(M)}\right\}\cdot\left(L+\log(2+\hat{\kappa}(M))\right)\right) O ( min { n ( 1 + κ ^ ( M )) , n 9/8 1 + κ ^ ( M ) } ⋅ ( L + log ( 2 + κ ^ ( M )) ) ) many linear system solves, and in addition the running time of O ( log ( 2 + κ ^ ( M ) ) ) O(\log(2+\hat{\kappa}(M))) O ( log ( 2 + κ ^ ( M ))) linear programs of the form M x + q = s Mx+q=s M x + q = s , x , s ≥ 0 n x,s\ge0_n x , s ≥ 0 n , x I = 0 I x_I=0_I x I = 0 I , s J = 0 J s_J=0_J s J = 0 J for some I , J ⊆ [ n ] I,J\subseteq[n] I , J ⊆ [ n ] .
Proof. In Algorithm 3, we first check the feasibility of LCP ( M , q ) \operatorname{LCP}(M,q) LCP ( M , q ) by solving the linear relaxation M x + q = s Mx+q=s M x + q = s , x , s ≥ 0 n x,s\ge0_n x , s ≥ 0 n . We terminate if this is infeasible. Otherwise, either LCP ( M , q ) \operatorname{LCP}(M,q) LCP ( M , q ) is feasible, or M ∉ P ⋆ M\notin\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆ must hold, according to Theorem 2.1 .
Let us start with analyzing the subroutine FIXEDKAPPANEWTON. This returns M ∉ P ⋆ M\notin\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆ whenever (10) has no solution or non-unique solution. The correctness of this conclusion is justified by Corollary 2.5 . By the choice of β \beta β and δ \delta δ as in (56) , Theorem 4.2 and Theorem 6.4 guarantee that as long as κ ^ ( M ) ≤ κ \hat{\kappa}(M)\le\kappa κ ^ ( M ) ≤ κ , the algorithm either terminates in
O ( min { n ( 1 + κ ) , n 9 / 8 1 + κ } ⋅ log ( μ 0 μ 1 ) ) (57) O\left(\min\left\{\sqrt{n}(1+\kappa),n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}\right\}\cdot\log\left(\frac{\mu_0}{\mu_1}\right)\right) \tag*{(57)} O ( min { n ( 1 + κ ) , n 9/8 1 + κ } ⋅ log ( μ 1 μ 0 ) ) (57)
Algorithm 3: Full version Newton’s Method for LCP path following
Input : M ∈ Q n × n M \in\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ Q n × n and q ∈ Q n q \in\mathbb{Q}^{n} q ∈ Q n Output: Complementary solution ( x , s ) (x,s) ( x , s ) to LCP( M , q ) (M,q) ( M , q ) , or the conclusion LCP( M , q ) (M,q) ( M , q ) is infeasible, or that M ∉ P ⋆ M \notin\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆
Function FixedKappaNewton( M , q , x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 , μ 1 , κ ) (M,q,x^0,s^0,\mu_0,\mu_1,\kappa) ( M , q , x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 , μ 1 , κ ) :
( x , s , μ ) ← ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) (x,s,\mu) \leftarrow(x^0,s^0,\mu_0) ( x , s , μ ) ← ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) ;
β ← β n ( κ ) \beta\leftarrow\beta_n(\kappa) β ← β n ( κ ) , δ ← δ n ( κ ) \delta\leftarrow\delta_n(\kappa) δ ← δ n ( κ ) as in (56) ;
while μ > μ 1 \mu> \mu_1 μ > μ 1 do
Compute Newton step ( Δ x , Δ s ) (\Delta x,\Delta s) ( Δ x , Δ s ) for ( x , s , μ 1 + δ ) (x,s,\frac{\mu}{1+\delta}) ( x , s , 1 + δ μ ) as in (11) ;
if (11) has no solution or non-unique solution then return M ∉ P ⋆ M \notin\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆ ;
( x ′ , s ′ ) ← ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s ) (x',s') \leftarrow(x+\Delta x,s+\Delta s) ( x ′ , s ′ ) ← ( x + Δ x , s + Δ s ) ;
if ( x ′ , s ′ ) ∉ F > 0 (x',s') \notin\mathcal{F}_{>0} ( x ′ , s ′ ) ∈ / F > 0 then return κ ^ ( M ) > κ \widehat{\kappa}(M)>\kappa κ ( M ) > κ ;
Compute Newton step ( Δ x , Δ s ) (\Delta x,\Delta s) ( Δ x , Δ s ) for ( x ′ , s ′ , μ 1 + δ ) (x',s',\frac{\mu}{1+\delta}) ( x ′ , s ′ , 1 + δ μ ) as in (11) ;
if (11) has no solution or non-unique solution then return M ∉ P ⋆ M \notin\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆ ;
( x g , s g , μ g ) ← ( x ′ + Δ x , s ′ + Δ s , μ 1 + δ ) (x_g,s_g,\mu_g) \leftarrow(x'+\Delta x,s'+\Delta s,\frac{\mu}{1+\delta}) ( x g , s g , μ g ) ← ( x ′ + Δ x , s ′ + Δ s , 1 + δ μ ) ;
if ( x g , s g , μ g ) ∉ N 2 ( β ) (x_g,s_g,\mu_g) \notin\mathcal{N}^{2}(\beta) ( x g , s g , μ g ) ∈ / N 2 ( β ) then return κ ^ ( M ) > κ \widehat{\kappa}(M)>\kappa κ ( M ) > κ ;
( x , s , μ ) ← ( x g , s g , μ g ) (x,s,\mu) \leftarrow(x_g,s_g,\mu_g) ( x , s , μ ) ← ( x g , s g , μ g ) ;
return ( x , s , μ ) (x,s,\mu) ( x , s , μ ) ;
U ← LPSolve ( M x + q = s , x , s ≥ 0 n ) U \leftarrow\operatorname{LPSolve}(Mx+q=s,\ x,s\geq0_n) U ← LPSolve ( M x + q = s , x , s ≥ 0 n ) ;
if U = I n f e a s i b l e U=Infeasible U = I n f e a s ib l e then return I n f e a s i b l e Infeasible I n f e a s ib l e ;
Δ ← 2 C 1 length ( M , q ) \Delta\leftarrow2^{C_1\operatorname{length}(M,q)} Δ ← 2 C 1 length ( M , q ) as in Lemma 8.3 for an appropriately chosen constant C 1 C_1 C 1 ;
T ← 2 C 2 n length ( M ) T \leftarrow2^{C_2n\operatorname{length}(M)} T ← 2 C 2 n length ( M ) as in Theorem 8.6 for an appropriately chosen constant C 2 C_2 C 2 ;
( M ^ , q ^ ) (\widehat{M},\widehat{q}) ( M , q ) as in LCP( M ^ , q ^ ) (\widehat{M},\widehat{q}) ( M , q ) with q ~ \widetilde{q} q as in (54) ;
( x ^ 0 , s ^ 0 , μ ^ 0 ) (\widehat{x}^{0},\widehat{s}^{0},\widehat{\mu}_0) ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) as in (54) ;
κ ← 1 \kappa\leftarrow1 κ ← 1 ;
while κ ≤ T \kappa\leq T κ ≤ T do
μ 1 ← 1 / ( 16384 n 3 Δ 2 ( κ + 1 ) 2 ) \mu_1 \leftarrow1/(16384n^3\Delta^2(\kappa+1)^2) μ 1 ← 1/ ( 16384 n 3 Δ 2 ( κ + 1 ) 2 ) as in Lemma 8.5;
R ← R \leftarrow R ← FixedKappaNewton( M ^ , q ^ , x ^ 0 , s ^ 0 , μ ^ 0 , μ 1 , κ ) (\widehat{M},\widehat{q},\widehat{x}^{0},\widehat{s}^{0},\widehat{\mu}_0,\mu_1,\kappa) ( M , q , x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 , μ 1 , κ ) ;
if R = ( M ^ ∉ P ⋆ ) R=(\widehat{M}\notin\mathcal{P}_{\star}) R = ( M ∈ / P ⋆ ) then return M ∉ P ⋆ M\notin\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆ ;
if R = ( ( x , x ~ ) , ( s , s ~ ) , μ ) R=((x,\widetilde{x}),(s,\widetilde{s}),\mu) R = (( x , x ) , ( s , s ) , μ ) then
I ← { i ∈ [ n ] : x i ≤ 2 n μ } I\leftarrow\{i\in[n]:x_i\leq\sqrt{2n\mu}\} I ← { i ∈ [ n ] : x i ≤ 2 n μ } ; J ← { i ∈ [ n ] : s i ≤ 2 n μ } J\leftarrow\{i\in[n]:s_i\leq\sqrt{2n\mu}\} J ← { i ∈ [ n ] : s i ≤ 2 n μ } ;
U ← LPSolve ( M x + q = s , x , s ≥ 0 n , x I = 0 I , s J = 0 J ) U\leftarrow\operatorname{LPSolve}(Mx+q=s,\ x,s\geq0_n,\ x_I=0_I,\ s_J=0_J) U ← LPSolve ( M x + q = s , x , s ≥ 0 n , x I = 0 I , s J = 0 J ) ;
if U = ( x ′ , s ′ ) U=(x',s') U = ( x ′ , s ′ ) then return ( x ′ , s ′ ) (x',s') ( x ′ , s ′ ) ;
κ ← 2 κ \kappa\leftarrow2\kappa κ ← 2 κ ;
return M ∉ P ⋆ M\notin\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆
iterations. Note that Theorem 4.2 analyzes Algorithm 1 that only does a single Newton step whereas here we perform two Newton steps; but this does not increase the asymptotic running time.
Consider now the cases when the subroutine returns κ ^ ( M ) > κ \widehat{\kappa}(M)>\kappa κ ( M ) > κ . This happens when either the iterate ( x ′ , s ′ ) (x',s') ( x ′ , s ′ ) after the first Newton step falls outside of F > 0 \mathcal{F}_{>0} F > 0 , or the iterate ( x g , s g , μ g ) (x_g,s_g,\mu_g) ( x g , s g , μ g ) after the second Newton step falls outside of N 2 ( β ) \mathcal{N}^{2}(\beta) N 2 ( β ) . Both analyses guarantee that ( x ′ , s ′ ) ∈ F > 0 (x',s')\in\mathcal{F}_{>0} ( x ′ , s ′ ) ∈ F > 0 and ( x g , s g , μ g ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) (x_g,s_g,\mu_g)\in\mathcal{N}^{2}(\beta) ( x g , s g , μ g ) ∈ N 2 ( β ) respectively, under the assumption that M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M\in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) ; in the case of Theorem 6.4, we recall that N R ( β ) ⊆ N ( β ) \mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta)\subseteq\mathcal{N}(\beta) N R ( β ) ⊆ N ( β ) by (13) . From the failure of the analysis, it follows that the assumption M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M\in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) does not hold, and hence we correctly infer κ ^ ( M ) > κ \widehat{\kappa}(M)>\kappa κ ( M ) > κ . Note that in the parameter choice κ 4 > n 5 \kappa^4>n^5 κ 4 > n 5 the iterates could leave N R ( β ) \mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) N R ( β ) but we do not notice as we only check containment in N ( β ) \mathcal{N}(\beta) N ( β ) . Hence, the algorithm may be able to proceed for longer, until the broader neighborhood also get violated; or it might even succeed in reaching μ 1 \mu_1 μ 1 despite M ∉ P ⋆ ( κ ) M\notin\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ∈ / P ⋆ ( κ ) .
Consider now the embedded system LCP( M ^ , q ^ ) (\widehat{M},\widehat{q}) ( M , q ) and ( x ^ 0 , s ^ 0 , μ ^ 0 ) (\widehat{x}^{0},\widehat{s}^{0},\widehat{\mu}_0) ( x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 ) as in Lemma 8.4 and the choice of μ 1 \mu_1 μ 1 as in Lemma 8.5. By Lemma 8.4, κ ^ ( M ^ ) = κ ^ ( M ) \widehat{\kappa}(\widehat{M})=\widehat{\kappa}(M) κ ( M ) = κ ( M ) . Hence, if FixedKappaNewton( M ^ , q ^ , x ^ 0 , s ^ 0 , μ ^ 0 , μ 1 , κ ) (\widehat{M},\widehat{q},\widehat{x}^{0},\widehat{s}^{0},\widehat{\mu}_0,\mu_1,\kappa) ( M , q , x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 , μ 1 , κ ) terminates with M ^ ∉ P ⋆ \widehat{M}\notin\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ / P ⋆ or κ ^ ( M ) > κ \widehat{\kappa}(M)>\kappa κ ( M ) > κ , these conclusions are also valid for M M M . Further, notice that log ( μ 0 / μ 1 ) = O ( L + log ( 2 + κ ) ) \log(\mu_0/\mu_1)=O(L+\log(2+\kappa)) log ( μ 0 / μ 1 ) = O ( L + log ( 2 + κ )) . In case that FixedKappaNewton( M ^ , q ^ , x ^ 0 , s ^ 0 , μ ^ 0 , μ 1 , κ ) (\widehat{M},\widehat{q},\widehat{x}^{0},\widehat{s}^{0},\widehat{\mu}_0,\mu_1,\kappa) ( M , q , x 0 , s 0 , μ 0 , μ 1 , κ ) returns a feasible ( x , x ~ ) , ( s , s ~ ) , μ ∈ N 2 ( β 2 n ( κ ) ) (x,\widetilde{x}),(s,\widetilde{s}),\mu\in\mathcal{N}^{2}(\beta_{2n}(\kappa)) ( x , x ) , ( s , s ) , μ ∈ N 2 ( β 2 n ( κ )) with μ ≤ μ 1 \mu\leq\mu_1 μ ≤ μ 1 , then Lemma 8.5 guarantees that either κ ^ ( M ) > κ \widehat{\kappa}(M)>\kappa κ ( M ) > κ , or there is a complementary feasible solution ( x ′ , s ′ ) (x',s') ( x ′ , s ′ ) to L C P ( M , q ) \mathrm{LCP}(M,q) LCP ( M , q ) with x I ′ = 0 I x'_I = 0_I x I ′ = 0 I and s J ′ = 0 J s'_J = 0_J s J ′ = 0 J for I I I and J J J defined as in line 27. Hence, in case no feasible solution is returned, increasing κ \kappa κ is again justified.
Since κ \kappa κ increases by a factor 2 between any two iterations, and the running time bound of each iteration is (57) with log ( μ 0 / μ 1 ) = O ( L + log ( 2 + κ ) ) \log(\mu_0/\mu_1) = O(L + \log(2 + \kappa)) log ( μ 0 / μ 1 ) = O ( L + log ( 2 + κ )) , where this bound also applies to unsuccessful guess, we can conclude that the running time of the final iteration dominates all preceding iterations. Since κ ≤ 2 κ ^ ( M ) + 1 \kappa\le2\hat{\kappa}(M) + 1 κ ≤ 2 κ ^ ( M ) + 1 , the overall running time bound follows, noting also that there are at most O ( log ( 2 + κ ^ ( M ) ) ) O(\log(2 + \hat{\kappa}(M))) O ( log ( 2 + κ ^ ( M ))) calls to the LP solver.
Deferred Proofs
Proof of Theorem 1.1
First we restate the theorem.
Theorem 1.1. Let M ∈ R n × n M \in\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} M ∈ R n × n . Then, M ∈ P ⋆ M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ P ⋆ if and only if I n + D M D I_n + DMD I n + D M D is nonsingular for any D ∈ D > 0 n D \in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^{n} D ∈ D > 0 n and
sup D ∈ D > 0 n ∥ ( I n + D M D ) − 1 ∥ 2 \sup_{D\in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^{n}} \left\|(I_n + DMD)^{-1}\right\|_2 D ∈ D > 0 n sup ( I n + D M D ) − 1 2 is finite. If M ∈ P ⋆ M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star} M ∈ P ⋆ , then
sup D ∈ D > 0 n ∥ ( I n + D M D ) − 1 ∥ 2 = 1 + κ ^ ( M ) 2 1 / 4 + κ ^ ( M ) . (58) \sup_{D\in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^{n}} \left\|(I_n + DMD)^{-1}\right\|_2 = \sqrt{1 + \frac{\hat{\kappa}(M)^2}{1/4 + \hat{\kappa}(M)}}. \tag*{(58)} D ∈ D > 0 n sup ( I n + D M D ) − 1 2 = 1 + 1/4 + κ ^ ( M ) κ ^ ( M ) 2 . (58)
The ≤ \le ≤ direction is proved in Corollary 9.3 , and the ≥ \ge ≥ direction in Lemma 9.4 .
Proposition 9.1. Let κ ≥ 0 \kappa\ge0 κ ≥ 0 , and let P , N ≥ 0 P, N \ge0 P , N ≥ 0 be scalars. Then, ( 1 + 4 κ ) P − N ≥ 0 (1 + 4\kappa)P - N \ge0 ( 1 + 4 κ ) P − N ≥ 0 if and only if P − N ≥ − 2 κ 1 + 2 κ ( P + N ) P - N \ge-\frac{2\kappa}{1+2\kappa}(P + N) P − N ≥ − 1 + 2 κ 2 κ ( P + N ) .
Proof. If κ = 0 \kappa= 0 κ = 0 , then the statement is trivial, hence assume κ > 0 \kappa> 0 κ > 0 . Let α = 2 κ 1 + 2 κ \alpha= \frac{2\kappa}{1+2\kappa} α = 1 + 2 κ 2 κ , then 1 + α 1 − α = 1 + 2 α 1 − α = 1 + 2 ⋅ 2 κ / ( 1 + 2 κ ) 1 − 2 κ / ( 1 + 2 κ ) = 1 + 4 κ \frac{1+\alpha}{1-\alpha} = 1 + \frac{2\alpha}{1-\alpha} = 1 + \frac{2\cdot2\kappa/(1+2\kappa)}{1-2\kappa/(1+2\kappa)} = 1 + 4\kappa 1 − α 1 + α = 1 + 1 − α 2 α = 1 + 1 − 2 κ / ( 1 + 2 κ ) 2 ⋅ 2 κ / ( 1 + 2 κ ) = 1 + 4 κ . Hence, ( 1 + 4 κ ) P − N ≥ 0 (1 + 4\kappa)P - N \ge0 ( 1 + 4 κ ) P − N ≥ 0 is equivalent to
1 + α 1 − α P − N ≥ 0. \frac{1+\alpha}{1-\alpha}P - N \ge0. 1 − α 1 + α P − N ≥ 0.
By re-arranging terms, P − N ≥ − α ( P + N ) P - N \ge-\alpha(P + N) P − N ≥ − α ( P + N ) , which is further equivalent to P − N ≥ − 2 κ 1 + 2 κ ( P + N ) P - N \ge-\frac{2\kappa}{1+2\kappa}(P + N) P − N ≥ − 1 + 2 κ 2 κ ( P + N ) .
Lemma 9.2. If M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) ∩ R n × n M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) \cap\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) ∩ R n × n , then
M + M T ⪰ − ( 2 κ 1 + 2 κ ) 2 ⋅ I n − M T M . M + M^{\mathsf{T}} \succeq-\left(\frac{2\kappa}{1+2\kappa}\right)^2 \cdot I_n - M^{\mathsf{T}}M. M + M T ⪰ − ( 1 + 2 κ 2 κ ) 2 ⋅ I n − M T M .
Proof. If κ = 0 \kappa= 0 κ = 0 , then the lemma is trivial, hence assume κ > 0 \kappa> 0 κ > 0 . Let x ∈ R n x \in\mathbb{R}^n x ∈ R n , and P = ∑ i : x i ( M x ) i ≥ 0 x i ( M x ) i P = \sum_{i:x_i(Mx)_i\ge0} x_i(Mx)_i P = ∑ i : x i ( M x ) i ≥ 0 x i ( M x ) i , and N = − ∑ i : x i ( M x ) i < 0 x i ( M x ) i N = -\sum_{i:x_i(Mx)_i<0} x_i(Mx)_i N = − ∑ i : x i ( M x ) i < 0 x i ( M x ) i . Since ( 1 + 4 κ ) P − N ≥ 0 (1 + 4\kappa)P - N \ge0 ( 1 + 4 κ ) P − N ≥ 0 , by Proposition 9.1 , we have
P − N ≥ − 2 κ 1 + 2 κ ( P + N ) , P - N \ge-\frac{2\kappa}{1+2\kappa}(P + N), P − N ≥ − 1 + 2 κ 2 κ ( P + N ) ,
where x T ( M + M T ) x = 2 x T M x = 2 ( P − N ) x^{\mathsf{T}}(M + M^{\mathsf{T}})x = 2x^{\mathsf{T}}Mx = 2(P - N) x T ( M + M T ) x = 2 x T M x = 2 ( P − N ) . We can upper bound
P + N = ∑ i = 1 n ∣ x i ∣ ∣ M x i ∣ ≤ ∑ i = 1 n 1 2 ( 2 κ 1 + 2 κ ⋅ x i 2 + 1 + 2 κ 2 κ ⋅ ( M x ) i 2 ) = 1 2 ( 2 κ 1 + 2 κ ⋅ ∥ x ∥ 2 + 1 + 2 κ 2 κ ⋅ ∥ M x ∥ 2 ) . P + N = \sum_{i=1}^{n}|x_i||Mx_i| \le\sum_{i=1}^{n}\frac{1}{2}\left(\frac{2\kappa}{1+2\kappa}\cdot x_i^2 + \frac{1+2\kappa}{2\kappa}\cdot(Mx)_i^2\right)
= \frac{1}{2}\left(\frac{2\kappa}{1+2\kappa}\cdot\|x\|^2 + \frac{1+2\kappa}{2\kappa}\cdot\|Mx\|^2\right). P + N = i = 1 ∑ n ∣ x i ∣∣ M x i ∣ ≤ i = 1 ∑ n 2 1 ( 1 + 2 κ 2 κ ⋅ x i 2 + 2 κ 1 + 2 κ ⋅ ( M x ) i 2 ) = 2 1 ( 1 + 2 κ 2 κ ⋅ ∥ x ∥ 2 + 2 κ 1 + 2 κ ⋅ ∥ M x ∥ 2 ) .
Combining the two inequalities yields
x T ( M + M T ) x ≥ − ( 2 κ 1 + 2 κ ) 2 x T x − x T M T M x ∀ x ∈ R n , x^{\mathsf{T}}(M + M^{\mathsf{T}})x \ge-\left(\frac{2\kappa}{1+2\kappa}\right)^2 x^{\mathsf{T}}x - x^{\mathsf{T}}M^{\mathsf{T}}Mx \quad\forall x \in\mathbb{R}^n, x T ( M + M T ) x ≥ − ( 1 + 2 κ 2 κ ) 2 x T x − x T M T M x ∀ x ∈ R n ,
proving the claim.
Corollary 9.3. If M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) ∩ R n × n M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) \cap\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) ∩ R n × n , then for any D ∈ D > 0 n D \in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^{n} D ∈ D > 0 n ,
∥ ( I n + D M D ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + κ 2 1 / 4 + κ . \left\|(I_n + D M D)^{-1}\right\|_2 \leq\sqrt{1 + \frac{\kappa^2}{1/4 + \kappa}}. ( I n + D M D ) − 1 2 ≤ 1 + 1/4 + κ κ 2 .
Proof. Note that by Lemma 2.2, M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) M \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) M ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) if and only if D M D ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) D M D \in\mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) D M D ∈ P ⋆ ( κ ) . Hence, it suffices to show the statement for D = I n D = I_n D = I n , that is, ∥ ( I n + M ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + κ 2 1 / 4 + κ \left\|(I_n + M)^{-1}\right\|_2 \leq\sqrt{1 + \frac{\kappa^2}{1/4+\kappa}} ( I n + M ) − 1 2 ≤ 1 + 1/4 + κ κ 2 . From Lemma 9.2 we can lower bound
( I n + M ) T ( I n + M ) = I n + M T M + M + M T ⪰ I n + M T M − ( 2 κ 1 + 2 κ ) 2 ⋅ I n − M T M = 1 + 4 κ ( 1 + 2 κ ) 2 ⋅ I n . (I_n + M)^{\mathsf{T}}(I_n + M) = I_n + M^{\mathsf{T}}M + M + M^{\mathsf{T}} \succeq I_n + M^{\mathsf{T}}M - \left(\frac{2\kappa}{1+2\kappa}\right)^2 \cdot I_n - M^{\mathsf{T}}M = \frac{1+4\kappa}{(1+2\kappa)^2} \cdot I_n . ( I n + M ) T ( I n + M ) = I n + M T M + M + M T ⪰ I n + M T M − ( 1 + 2 κ 2 κ ) 2 ⋅ I n − M T M = ( 1 + 2 κ ) 2 1 + 4 κ ⋅ I n .
Equivalently we have
∥ ( I n + M ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + κ 2 1 / 4 + κ . \left\|(I_n + M)^{-1}\right\|_2 \leq\sqrt{1 + \frac{\kappa^2}{1/4+\kappa}}. ( I n + M ) − 1 2 ≤ 1 + 1/4 + κ κ 2 .
which is what we needed.
We now show the converse direction, completing the proof of Theorem 1.1.
Lemma 9.4. Suppose that for M ∈ R n × n M \in\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} M ∈ R n × n there exists a scalar κ ≥ 0 \kappa\geq0 κ ≥ 0 such that for any D ∈ D > 0 n D \in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^{n} D ∈ D > 0 n ,
∥ ( I n + D M D ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ 1 + κ 2 1 / 4 + κ , \left\|(I_n + D M D)^{-1}\right\|_2 \leq\sqrt{1 + \frac{\kappa^2}{1/4+\kappa}}, ( I n + D M D ) − 1 2 ≤ 1 + 1/4 + κ κ 2 , then M M M is a P ⋆ ( κ ) \mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) matrix, that is, κ ^ ( M ) ≤ κ \hat{\kappa}(M) \leq\kappa κ ^ ( M ) ≤ κ .
Proof. Define ε = 1 / ( 1 + κ 2 1 / 4 + κ ) = 1 + 4 κ 1 + 4 κ + 4 κ 2 \varepsilon= 1/\left(1+\frac{\kappa^2}{1/4+\kappa}\right) = \frac{1+4\kappa}{1+4\kappa+4\kappa^2} ε = 1/ ( 1 + 1/4 + κ κ 2 ) = 1 + 4 κ + 4 κ 2 1 + 4 κ , so that ∥ ( I n + D M D ) − 1 ∥ 2 ≤ 1 / ε \left\|(I_n + D M D)^{-1}\right\|_2 \leq\sqrt{1/\varepsilon} ( I n + D M D ) − 1 2 ≤ 1/ ε . Equivalently we can write the condition as
( 1 − ε ) I n + D ( M + M T ) D + D M T D 2 M D ⪰ 0 (1-\varepsilon)I_n + D(M+M^{\mathsf{T}})D + D M^{\mathsf{T}}D^2 M D \succeq0 ( 1 − ε ) I n + D ( M + M T ) D + D M T D 2 M D ⪰ 0
and again equivalently as
( 1 − ε ) D − 2 + M T D 2 M + M + M T ⪰ 0. (1-\varepsilon)D^{-2} + M^{\mathsf{T}}D^2M + M + M^{\mathsf{T}} \succeq0. ( 1 − ε ) D − 2 + M T D 2 M + M + M T ⪰ 0.
Thus for any x ∈ R n x \in\mathbb{R}^n x ∈ R n and D ∈ D > 0 n D \in\mathcal{D}_{>0}^{n} D ∈ D > 0 n ,
∑ i = 1 n ( ( 1 − ε ) x i 2 d i 2 + ( M x ) i 2 ⋅ d i 2 ) + 2 x T M x ≥ 0. (59) \sum_{i=1}^{n}\left((1-\varepsilon)\frac{x_i^2}{d_i^2} + (Mx)_i^2 \cdot d_i^2\right) + 2x^{\mathsf{T}}Mx \geq0 . \tag*{(59)} i = 1 ∑ n ( ( 1 − ε ) d i 2 x i 2 + ( M x ) i 2 ⋅ d i 2 ) + 2 x T M x ≥ 0. (59)
Now we take the infimum over all strictly positive d i d_i d i . For any a , b ≥ 0 a,b \geq0 a , b ≥ 0 , we have inf t > 0 ( a t + b t ) = 2 a b \inf_{t>0}\left(\frac{a}{t}+bt\right)=2\sqrt{ab} inf t > 0 ( t a + b t ) = 2 ab . Indeed, if both a , b > 0 a,b>0 a , b > 0 , the infimum is attained at t = a / b t=\sqrt{a/b} t = a / b . If a = 0 a=0 a = 0 , the same identity follows by taking t → 0 t\to0 t → 0 . If b = 0 b=0 b = 0 , we take t → ∞ t\to\infty t → ∞ . If a = b = 0 a=b=0 a = b = 0 , any positive t t t attains the infimum. Note that in the cases where the infimum is not attained, it approaches 0 in the limit.
Therefore, applying this coordinatewise with t = d i 2 t=d_i^2 t = d i 2 , a = ( 1 − ε ) x i 2 a=(1-\varepsilon)x_i^2 a = ( 1 − ε ) x i 2 , b = ( M x ) i 2 b=(Mx)_i^2 b = ( M x ) i 2 in (59) we obtain that
1 − ε ∑ i = 1 n ∣ x i ∣ ∣ M x ∣ i + x T M x ≥ 0 \sqrt{1-\varepsilon}\sum_{i=1}^{n}|x_i||Mx|_i + x^{\mathsf{T}}Mx \geq0 1 − ε i = 1 ∑ n ∣ x i ∣∣ M x ∣ i + x T M x ≥ 0
Again letting P = ∑ i : x i ( M x ) i ≥ 0 x i ( M x ) i P=\sum_{i:x_i(Mx)_i\geq0}x_i(Mx)_i P = ∑ i : x i ( M x ) i ≥ 0 x i ( M x ) i , and N = − ∑ i : x i ( M x ) i < 0 x i ( M x ) i N=-\sum_{i:x_i(Mx)_i<0}x_i(Mx)_i N = − ∑ i : x i ( M x ) i < 0 x i ( M x ) i , this equivalently gives us
( P − N ) ≥ − 1 − ε ( P + N ) . (P-N) \geq-\sqrt{1-\varepsilon}(P+N). ( P − N ) ≥ − 1 − ε ( P + N ) .
By Proposition 9.1 , we equivalently have that ( 1 + 4 κ ~ ) P − N ≥ 0 (1+4\widetilde{\kappa})P-N\geq0 ( 1 + 4 κ ) P − N ≥ 0 for κ ~ \widetilde{\kappa} κ such that 1 − ε = 2 κ ~ 1 + 2 κ ~ = 1 − 1 1 + 2 κ ~ \sqrt{1-\varepsilon}=\frac{2\widetilde{\kappa}}{1+2\widetilde{\kappa}}=1-\frac{1}{1+2\widetilde{\kappa}} 1 − ε = 1 + 2 κ 2 κ = 1 − 1 + 2 κ 1 , thus 2 κ ~ = 1 1 − 1 − ε − 1 2\widetilde{\kappa}=\frac{1}{1-\sqrt{1-\varepsilon}}-1 2 κ = 1 − 1 − ε 1 − 1 . Substituting ε \varepsilon ε into this expression yields
2 κ ~ = 1 1 − 4 κ 2 ( 1 + 2 κ ) 2 − 1 = 2 κ , 2\widetilde{\kappa}=\frac{1}{1-\sqrt{\frac{4\kappa^2}{(1+2\kappa)^2}}}-1=2\kappa, 2 κ = 1 − ( 1 + 2 κ ) 2 4 κ 2 1 − 1 = 2 κ ,
which shows that M M M is in P ⋆ ( κ ) \mathcal{P}_{\star}(\kappa) P ⋆ ( κ ) , as claimed.
Proof of Theorem 6.4
Theorem 6.4. Let M ∈ P ( κ ) M \in\mathcal{P}(\kappa) M ∈ P ( κ ) , and set β ∈ [ 1 8192 n 3 / 2 , 1 4096 n 3 / 2 ] \beta\in\left[\frac{1}{8192n^{3/2}},\frac{1}{4096n^{3/2}}\right] β ∈ [ 8192 n 3/2 1 , 4096 n 3/2 1 ] and δ ∈ [ 1 2436 n 9 / 8 1 + κ , 1 1218 n 9 / 8 1 + κ ] \delta\in\left[\frac{1}{2436n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}},\frac{1}{1218n^{9/8}\sqrt{1+\kappa}}\right] δ ∈ [ 2436 n 9/8 1 + κ 1 , 1218 n 9/8 1 + κ 1 ] . Suppose ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x,s,\mu) \in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x , s , μ ) ∈ N R ( β ) , and set μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) \mu'=\mu/(1+\delta) μ ′ = μ / ( 1 + δ ) . Two successive Newton steps toward μ ′ \mu' μ ′ , as in (11) , produce two iterates ( x ′ , s ′ ) , ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ ) ∈ F > 0 (x',s'),(x'',s'') \in\mathcal{F}_{>0} ( x ′ , s ′ ) , ( x ′′ , s ′′ ) ∈ F > 0 with ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x'',s'',\mu') \in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x ′′ , s ′′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) .
Proof. We keep the same notation as in the proof of Lemma 6.1 , and recall ∥ Q H , x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ β \lVert Q_{H,x,\mu}\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_{2}\leq\beta ∥ Q H , x , μ err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ β . Let Δ x ‾ : = p + r \overline{\Delta x}:=p+r Δ x := p + r , where p : = − δ H 1 n p:=-\delta H1_n p := − δ H 1 n and r : = ( 1 + δ ) H err ( x , s , μ ) r:=(1+\delta)H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu) r := ( 1 + δ ) H err ( x , s , μ ) .
Applying Lemma 5.7 to the change from μ \mu μ to μ ′ \mu' μ ′ gives q H ≤ exp ( 8 K n δ ) q H , x , μ q_H\leq\exp(8K n\delta)q_{H,x,\mu} q H ≤ exp ( 8 K n δ ) q H , x , μ , so ∥ ( 1 + δ ) Q H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ exp ( 65 / 1024 ) β ≤ 3 β / 2 \lVert(1+\delta)Q_H\operatorname{err}(x,s,\mu)\rVert_2\leq\exp(65/1024)\beta\leq3\beta/2 ∥( 1 + δ ) Q H err ( x , s , μ ) ∥ 2 ≤ exp ( 65/1024 ) β ≤ 3 β /2 . Since p = − δ H 1 n p=-\delta H1_n p = − δ H 1 n and ∥ 1 n ∥ 2 = n \lVert1_n\rVert_2=\sqrt{n} ∥ 1 n ∥ 2 = n , the arguments used for (34) and (35) give
∥ p ∥ 2 ≤ δ n ( 1 + κ ) , \lVert p\rVert_2\leq\delta\sqrt{n(1+\kappa)}, ∥ p ∥ 2 ≤ δ n ( 1 + κ ) ,
∥ Q H p ∥ ∞ ≤ 32 δ n ( 1 + κ ) , \lVert Q_Hp\rVert_\infty\leq32\delta\sqrt{n(1+\kappa)}, ∥ Q H p ∥ ∞ ≤ 32 δ n ( 1 + κ ) ,
∥ H diag ( p ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 δ n 1 + κ . \lVert H\operatorname{diag}(p)\rVert_2\leq2\delta n\sqrt{1+\kappa}. ∥ H diag ( p ) ∥ 2 ≤ 2 δ n 1 + κ .
For r r r , we instead use ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ max ≤ K = 8 \lVert Q_HHQ_H^{-1}\rVert_{\max}\leq K=8 ∥ Q H H Q H − 1 ∥ m a x ≤ K = 8 from Lemma 5.4 and q H ≥ 1 q_H\geq1 q H ≥ 1 to obtain bounds independent of κ \kappa κ :
∥ Q H r ∥ ∞ ≤ 12 n β , \lVert Q_Hr\rVert_\infty\leq12\sqrt{n}\,\beta, ∥ Q H r ∥ ∞ ≤ 12 n β ,
∥ r ∥ 2 ≤ 12 n β , \lVert r\rVert_2\leq12n\beta, ∥ r ∥ 2 ≤ 12 n β ,
∥ H diag ( r ) ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ H diag ( r ) ∥ F ≤ 8 n ∥ Q H r ∥ 2 ≤ 96 n 3 / 2 β . \lVert H\operatorname{diag}(r)\rVert_2\leq\lVert H\operatorname{diag}(r)\rVert_F\leq8\sqrt{n}\lVert Q_Hr\rVert_2\leq96n^{3/2}\beta. ∥ H diag ( r ) ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ H diag ( r ) ∥ F ≤ 8 n ∥ Q H r ∥ 2 ≤ 96 n 3/2 β .
These replace the use of (33) . In particular, with U = diag ( 1 n + Δ x ‾ ) U=\operatorname{diag}(1_n+\overline{\Delta x}) U = diag ( 1 n + Δ x ) as before, using the bounds on δ \delta δ and β \beta β ,
∥ Δ x ‾ ∥ 1 ≤ δ n 1 + κ + 12 n 3 / 2 β ≤ 1 256 , \lVert\overline{\Delta x}\rVert_1\leq\delta n\sqrt{1+\kappa}+12n^{3/2}\beta\leq\frac{1}{256}, ∥ Δ x ∥ 1 ≤ δ n 1 + κ + 12 n 3/2 β ≤ 256 1 ,
∥ H ( U − 2 − I n ) ∥ 2 ≤ 4 ∥ H diag ( Δ x ‾ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 8 δ n 1 + κ + 384 n 3 / 2 β ≤ 13 128 < 1 2 . \lVert H(U^{-2}-I_n)\rVert_2\leq4\lVert H\operatorname{diag}(\overline{\Delta x})\rVert_2\leq8\delta n\sqrt{1+\kappa}+384n^{3/2}\beta\leq\frac{13}{128}<\frac{1}{2}. ∥ H ( U − 2 − I n ) ∥ 2 ≤ 4 ∥ H diag ( Δ x ) ∥ 2 ≤ 8 δ n 1 + κ + 384 n 3/2 β ≤ 128 13 < 2 1 .
Thus x ′ , s ′ > 0 x',s'>0 x ′ , s ′ > 0 by (36) , and the argument leading to (39) still gives ∥ H ′ diag ( p ) ∥ 2 ≤ 4 ∥ H diag ( p ) ∥ 2 \lVert H'\operatorname{diag}(p)\rVert_2\leq4\lVert H\operatorname{diag}(p)\rVert_2 ∥ H ′ diag ( p ) ∥ 2 ≤ 4 ∥ H diag ( p ) ∥ 2 . To compare the weights, use ∣ log ( 1 + a ) ∣ ≤ 4 3 ∣ a ∣ |\log(1+a)|\leq\frac{4}{3}|a| ∣ log ( 1 + a ) ∣ ≤ 3 4 ∣ a ∣ for ∣ a ∣ ≤ 1 4 |a|\leq\frac{1}{4} ∣ a ∣ ≤ 4 1 in Lemma 5.7 . This gives ∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 3 4 K ∥ Δ x ‾ ∥ 1 ≤ 3 2 < log 2 \lVert\log q_{H'}-\log q_H\rVert_\infty\leq\frac{3}{4}K\lVert\overline{\Delta x}\rVert_1\leq\frac{3}{2}<\log2 ∥ log q H ′ − log q H ∥ ∞ ≤ 4 3 K ∥ Δ x ∥ 1 ≤ 2 3 < log 2 , so again q H ′ ≤ 2 q H q_{H'}\leq2q_H q H ′ ≤ 2 q H .
For the second step, write Δ x ‾ ′ = z + w \overline{\Delta x}'=z+w Δ x ′ = z + w , where z : = H ′ p 2 z:=H'p^2 z := H ′ p 2 and w : = H ′ ( 2 p r + r 2 ) w:=H'(2pr+r^2) w := H ′ ( 2 p r + r 2 ) . The bounds for z z z are the same as in (41) and (42) :
∥ z ∥ 2 ≤ 4 ∥ H diag ( p ) ∥ 2 ∥ p ∥ 2 ≤ 8 δ 2 n 3 / 2 ( 1 + κ ) , \lVert z\rVert_2\leq4\lVert H\operatorname{diag}(p)\rVert_2\lVert p\rVert_2\leq8\delta^2n^{3/2}(1+\kappa), ∥ z ∥ 2 ≤ 4 ∥ H diag ( p ) ∥ 2 ∥ p ∥ 2 ≤ 8 δ 2 n 3/2 ( 1 + κ ) ,
∥ Q H ′ z ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 K ∥ Q H p ∥ ∞ ∥ p ∥ 1 ≤ 512 δ 2 n 3 / 2 ( 1 + κ ) . \lVert Q_{H'}z\rVert_\infty\leq2K\lVert Q_Hp\rVert_\infty\lVert p\rVert_1\leq512\delta^2n^{3/2}(1+\kappa). ∥ Q H ′ z ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 K ∥ Q H p ∥ ∞ ∥ p ∥ 1 ≤ 512 δ 2 n 3/2 ( 1 + κ ) .
To bound the terms involving r r r , we use the entry bound for Q H ′ H ′ Q H ′ − 1 Q_{H'}H'Q_{H'}^{-1} Q H ′ H ′ Q H ′ − 1 and q H ′ ≤ 2 q H q_{H'}\leq2q_H q H ′ ≤ 2 q H to get
∥ Q H ′ w ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 K ∥ Q H r ∥ ∞ ( 2 ∥ p ∥ 1 + ∥ r ∥ 1 ) \lVert Q_{H'}w\rVert_\infty\leq2K\lVert Q_Hr\rVert_\infty(2\lVert p\rVert_1+\lVert r\rVert_1) ∥ Q H ′ w ∥ ∞ ≤ 2 K ∥ Q H r ∥ ∞ ( 2 ∥ p ∥ 1 + ∥ r ∥ 1 )
≤ 384 δ n 3 / 2 1 + κ β + 2304 n 2 β 2 ≤ ( 3 8 + 9 16 ) n β ≤ n β . \leq384\delta n^{3/2}\sqrt{1+\kappa}\,\beta+2304n^2\beta^2\leq\left(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{9}{16}\right)\sqrt{n}\,\beta\leq\sqrt{n}\,\beta. ≤ 384 δ n 3/2 1 + κ β + 2304 n 2 β 2 ≤ ( 8 3 + 16 9 ) n β ≤ n β .
Consequently,
∥ Δ x ‾ ′ ∥ 1 ≤ n ∥ z ∥ 2 + n ∥ Q H ′ w ∥ ∞ ≤ 8 δ 2 n 2 ( 1 + κ ) + n 3 / 2 β ≤ 33 2 17 < 1 512 . \lVert\overline{\Delta x}'\rVert_1\leq\sqrt{n}\lVert z\rVert_2+n\lVert Q_{H'}w\rVert_\infty\leq8\delta^2n^2(1+\kappa)+n^{3/2}\beta\leq\frac{33}{2^{17}}<\frac{1}{512}. ∥ Δ x ′ ∥ 1 ≤ n ∥ z ∥ 2 + n ∥ Q H ′ w ∥ ∞ ≤ 8 δ 2 n 2 ( 1 + κ ) + n 3/2 β ≤ 2 17 33 < 512 1 .
As in the proof of Lemma 6.1 , this ensures x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ > 0 x'',s''>0 x ′′ , s ′′ > 0 and q H ′ ′ ≤ 2 q H ′ q_{H''}\leq2q_{H'} q H ′′ ≤ 2 q H ′ . Finally, applying ( z + w ) 2 ≤ 2 z 2 + 2 w 2 (z+w)^2\leq2z^2+2w^2 ( z + w ) 2 ≤ 2 z 2 + 2 w 2 gives the following strengthening of (44) :
∥ Q H ′ err ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 4 ( ∥ Q H ′ z ∥ ∞ ∥ z ∥ 2 + n ∥ Q H ′ w ∥ ∞ 2 ) \lVert Q_{H'}\operatorname{err}(x'',s'',\mu')\rVert_2\leq4\left(\lVert Q_{H'}z\rVert_\infty\lVert z\rVert_2+\sqrt{n}\lVert Q_{H'}w\rVert_\infty^2\right) ∥ Q H ′ err ( x ′′ , s ′′ , μ ′ ) ∥ 2 ≤ 4 ( ∥ Q H ′ z ∥ ∞ ∥ z ∥ 2 + n ∥ Q H ′ w ∥ ∞ 2 )
≤ 2 14 δ 4 n 3 ( 1 + κ ) 2 + 4 n 3 / 2 β 2 ≤ β 2 14 + β 1024 < β . (60) \begin{aligned}
\leq2^{14}\delta^4n^3(1+\kappa)^2+4n^{3/2}\beta^2 \\
&\leq\frac{\beta}{2^{14}}+\frac{\beta}{1024}<\beta. \tag*{(60)}
\end{aligned} ≤ 2 14 δ 4 n 3 ( 1 + κ ) 2 + 4 n 3/2 β 2 ≤ 2 14 β + 1024 β < β . (60)
where in the last inequality we use the intervals of δ \delta δ and β \beta β , in particular δ ≤ β 1 / 4 128 n 3 / 4 1 + κ \delta\leq\frac{\beta^{1/4}}{128n^{3/4}\sqrt{1+\kappa}} δ ≤ 128 n 3/4 1 + κ β 1/4 . Both steps preserve linear feasibility, so ( x ′ ′ , s ′ ′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) (x'',s'',\mu')\in\mathcal{N}^{R}(\beta) ( x ′′ , s ′′ , μ ′ ) ∈ N R ( β ) .
Deferred proofs from Section 7
In this section, we prove Lemma 7.5, Theorem 7.6, Proposition 7.11 and Proposition 7.12 .
Lemma 7.5. For any M ∈ Q n × n M \in\mathbb{Q}^{n \times n} M ∈ Q n × n , let R : = C n ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ max ) n − 1 R := C^{n}(1+n\lVert M\rVert_{\max})^{n-1} R := C n ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ m a x ) n − 1 where C C C is the least positive integral common denominator of entries of M M M . Then ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 \rho_{0}^{S}(M)<1 ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 if and only if ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 − 1 R \rho_{0}^{S}(M)\le1-\frac{1}{R} ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 − R 1 , with log R = O ( poly ( n , length ( M ) ) ) \log R=O(\operatorname{poly}(n,\operatorname{length}(M))) log R = O ( poly ( n , length ( M ))) .
Proof. Let S ∈ S n S\in\mathcal{S}^{n} S ∈ S n , ( λ j ) j = 1 n (\lambda_j)_{j=1}^{n} ( λ j ) j = 1 n denote all the eigenvalues of S M SM S M , and λ i \lambda_i λ i with i ∈ [ n ] i\in[n] i ∈ [ n ] be any real eigenvalue of S M SM S M . Since ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 \rho_{0}^{S}(M)<1 ρ 0 S ( M ) < 1 , we have ∣ λ i ∣ < 1 |\lambda_i|<1 ∣ λ i ∣ < 1 and det ( ± I n − S M ) ≠ 0 \det(\pm I_n-SM)\ne0 det ( ± I n − S M ) = 0 . We first suppose that λ i ≥ 0 \lambda_i\ge0 λ i ≥ 0 . Since det ( I n − S M ) \det(I_n-SM) det ( I n − S M ) is an integer multiple of 1 / C n 1/C^n 1/ C n , ∏ j = 1 n ∣ 1 − λ j ∣ = ∣ det ( I n − S M ) ∣ ≥ 1 / C n \prod_{j=1}^{n}|1-\lambda_j|=|\det(I_n-SM)|\ge1/C^n ∏ j = 1 n ∣1 − λ j ∣ = ∣ det ( I n − S M ) ∣ ≥ 1/ C n . For all j ∈ [ n ] j\in[n] j ∈ [ n ] , ∣ λ j ∣ ≤ ∥ S M ∥ ≤ ∥ M ∥ F ≤ n ∥ M ∥ max |\lambda_j|\le\lVert SM\rVert\le\lVert M\rVert_F\le n\lVert M\rVert_{\max} ∣ λ j ∣ ≤ ∥ S M ∥ ≤ ∥ M ∥ F ≤ n ∥ M ∥ m a x . Then,
1 − λ i ≥ 1 C n ∏ j ≠ i ∣ 1 − λ j ∣ ≥ 1 C n ∏ j ≠ i ( 1 + ∣ λ j ∣ ) ≥ 1 C n ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ max ) n − 1 . 1-\lambda_i\ge\frac{1}{C^n\prod_{j\ne i}|1-\lambda_j|}\ge\frac{1}{C^n\prod_{j\ne i}(1+|\lambda_j|)}\ge\frac{1}{C^n(1+n\lVert M\rVert_{\max})^{n-1}}. 1 − λ i ≥ C n ∏ j = i ∣1 − λ j ∣ 1 ≥ C n ∏ j = i ( 1 + ∣ λ j ∣ ) 1 ≥ C n ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ m a x ) n − 1 1 .
giving ∣ λ i ∣ ≤ 1 − 1 C n ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ max ) n − 1 = 1 − 1 R |\lambda_i|\le1-\frac{1}{C^n(1+n\lVert M\rVert_{\max})^{n-1}}=1-\frac{1}{R} ∣ λ i ∣ ≤ 1 − C n ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ m a x ) n − 1 1 = 1 − R 1 . If λ i < 0 \lambda_i<0 λ i < 0 we instead use det ( − I n − S M ) \det(-I_n-SM) det ( − I n − S M ) being an integer multiple of 1 / C n 1/C^n 1/ C n , which gives ∏ j = 1 n ∣ 1 + λ j ∣ ≥ 1 / C n \prod_{j=1}^{n}|1+\lambda_j|\ge1/C^n ∏ j = 1 n ∣1 + λ j ∣ ≥ 1/ C n . Then,
1 + λ i ≥ 1 C n ∏ j ≠ i ∣ 1 + λ j ∣ ≥ 1 C n ∏ j ≠ i ( 1 + ∣ λ j ∣ ) ≥ 1 C n ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ max ) n − 1 , 1+\lambda_i\ge\frac{1}{C^n\prod_{j\ne i}|1+\lambda_j|}\ge\frac{1}{C^n\prod_{j\ne i}(1+|\lambda_j|)}\ge\frac{1}{C^n(1+n\lVert M\rVert_{\max})^{n-1}}, 1 + λ i ≥ C n ∏ j = i ∣1 + λ j ∣ 1 ≥ C n ∏ j = i ( 1 + ∣ λ j ∣ ) 1 ≥ C n ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ m a x ) n − 1 1 ,
which also gives ∣ λ i ∣ ≤ 1 − 1 C n ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ max ) n − 1 = 1 − 1 R |\lambda_i|\le1-\frac{1}{C^n(1+n\lVert M\rVert_{\max})^{n-1}}=1-\frac{1}{R} ∣ λ i ∣ ≤ 1 − C n ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ m a x ) n − 1 1 = 1 − R 1 . We have
log R = n log C + ( n − 1 ) log ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ max ) = O ( poly ( n , length ( M ) ) ) . \log R=n\log C+(n-1)\log(1+n\lVert M\rVert_{\max})=O(\operatorname{poly}(n,\operatorname{length}(M))). log R = n log C + ( n − 1 ) log ( 1 + n ∥ M ∥ m a x ) = O ( poly ( n , length ( M ))) .
Theorem 7.6 (Closed Rump’s theorem). For M ∈ R n × n M\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} M ∈ R n × n such that I n − M I_n-M I n − M is nonsingular, ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 \rho_{0}^{S}(M)\le1 ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 if and only if C ( M ) ∈ P 0 C(M)\in\mathcal{P}_0 C ( M ) ∈ P 0 .
Proof. Suppose that ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 \rho_{0}^{S}(M)\le1 ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 . Let ( α k ) k ∈ N = 1 − 1 k + 1 (\alpha_k)_{k\in\mathbb{N}}=1-\frac{1}{k+1} ( α k ) k ∈ N = 1 − k + 1 1 , we have ρ 0 S ( α k M ) = α k ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ α k < 1 \rho_{0}^{S}(\alpha_kM)=\alpha_k\rho_{0}^{S}(M)\le\alpha_k<1 ρ 0 S ( α k M ) = α k ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ α k < 1 , and also, I n − α k M I_n-\alpha_kM I n − α k M is nonsingular because if otherwise, M M M has an eigenvalue of 1 / α k > 1 1/\alpha_k>1 1/ α k > 1 which contradicts ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 \rho_{0}^{S}(M)\le1 ρ 0 S ( M ) ≤ 1 . Then using Theorem 7.4 , C ( α k M ) = ( I n − α k M ) − 1 ( I n + α k M ) ∈ P C(\alpha_kM)=(I_n-\alpha_kM)^{-1}(I_n+\alpha_kM)\in\mathcal{P} C ( α k M ) = ( I n − α k M ) − 1 ( I n + α k M ) ∈ P . Thus, lim k → ∞ C ( α k M ) ∈ P 0 \lim_{k\to\infty}C(\alpha_kM)\in\mathcal{P}_0 lim k → ∞ C ( α k M ) ∈ P 0 by Lemma 2.4 , where lim k → ∞ C ( α k M ) = lim k → ∞ ( I n − α k M ) − 1 ( I n + α k M ) = ( I n − M ) − 1 ( I n + M ) = C ( M ) \lim_{k\to\infty}C(\alpha_kM)=\lim_{k\to\infty}(I_n-\alpha_kM)^{-1}(I_n+\alpha_kM)=(I_n-M)^{-1}(I_n+M)=C(M) lim k → ∞ C ( α k M ) = lim k → ∞ ( I n − α k M ) − 1 ( I n + α k M ) = ( I n − M ) − 1 ( I n + M ) = C ( M ) .
Suppose that C ( M ) ∈ P 0 C(M)\in\mathcal{P}_0 C ( M ) ∈ P 0 . We have C ( M ) + ε I n ∈ P C(M)+\varepsilon I_n\in\mathcal{P} C ( M ) + ε I n ∈ P for any ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 by Lemma 2.4 and ( 1 + ε ) I n + C ( M ) (1+\varepsilon)I_n+C(M) ( 1 + ε ) I n + C ( M ) is nonsingular by Corollary 2.5 , so N ε : = C − 1 ( C ( M ) + ε I n ) N_\varepsilon:=C^{-1}(C(M)+\varepsilon I_n) N ε := C − 1 ( C ( M ) + ε I n ) exists. As a result of Proposition 7.3 and Theorem 7.4 , ρ 0 S ( N ε ) < 1 \rho_{0}^{S}(N_\varepsilon)<1 ρ 0 S ( N ε ) < 1 . We also have lim ε → 0 C ( M ) + ε I n = C ( M ) \lim_{\varepsilon\to0}C(M)+\varepsilon I_n=C(M) lim ε → 0 C ( M ) + ε I n = C ( M ) and
lim ε → 0 N ε = lim ε → 0 ( C ( M ) + ε I n − I n ) ( C ( M ) + ε I n + I n ) − 1 = ( C ( M ) − I n ) ( C ( M ) + I n ) − 1 = C − 1 ( C ( M ) ) = M . \lim_{\varepsilon\to0}N_\varepsilon=\lim_{\varepsilon\to0}(C(M)+\varepsilon I_n-I_n)(C(M)+\varepsilon I_n+I_n)^{-1}=(C(M)-I_n)(C(M)+I_n)^{-1}=C^{-1}(C(M))=M. ε → 0 lim N ε = ε → 0 lim ( C ( M ) + ε I n − I n ) ( C ( M ) + ε I n + I n ) − 1 = ( C ( M ) − I n ) ( C ( M ) + I n ) − 1 = C − 1 ( C ( M )) = M .
Therefore, it follows from the continuity of ρ 0 S ( X ) \rho_{0}^{S}(X) ρ 0 S ( X ) in X X X entry-wise [66 Corollary 2.5] that
ρ 0 S ( M ) = ρ 0 S ( lim ε → 0 N ε ) = lim ε → 0 ρ 0 S ( N ε ) ≤ 1. \rho_{0}^{S}(M)=\rho_{0}^{S}\left(\lim_{\varepsilon\to0}N_\varepsilon\right)=\lim_{\varepsilon\to0}\rho_{0}^{S}(N_\varepsilon)\le1. ρ 0 S ( M ) = ρ 0 S ( ε → 0 lim N ε ) = ε → 0 lim ρ 0 S ( N ε ) ≤ 1.
Proposition 7.11. Let M ∈ P ⋆ M\in\mathcal{P}_\star M ∈ P ⋆ and x ∈ R n x\in\mathbb{R}^{n} x ∈ R n , then the change of variable y = 1 2 ( x + M x ) y=\frac{1}{2}(x+Mx) y = 2 1 ( x + M x ) is bijective and for N = ( M − I n ) / 2 N=(M-I_n)/2 N = ( M − I n ) /2 , we have
x T M x = ∥ y ∥ 2 − ∥ N ( I n + N ) − 1 y ∥ 2 . x^{\mathsf{T}}Mx=\lVert y\rVert^2-\lVert N(I_n+N)^{-1}y\rVert^2. x T M x = ∥ y ∥ 2 − ∥ N ( I n + N ) − 1 y ∥ 2 . If N 2 = 0 n × n N^2=0_{n\times n} N 2 = 0 n × n , then x T M x = y T ( I n − N T N ) y x^{\mathsf{T}}Mx=y^{\mathsf{T}}(I_n-N^{\mathsf{T}}N)y x T M x = y T ( I n − N T N ) y .
Proof. By Lemma 2.4 , I n + M I_n+M I n + M is invertible so y = 1 2 ( I n + M ) x y=\frac{1}{2}(I_n+M)x y = 2 1 ( I n + M ) x is a bijective linear map. We have
M x = 2 M ( I n + M ) − 1 y = 2 ( I n − ( I n + M ) − 1 ) y = 2 ( I n − 1 2 ( I n + N ) − 1 ) y = ( I n + N ( I n + N ) − 1 ) y , Mx=2M(I_n+M)^{-1}y=2\left(I_n-(I_n+M)^{-1}\right)y=2\left(I_n-\frac{1}{2}(I_n+N)^{-1}\right)y=(I_n+N(I_n+N)^{-1})y, M x = 2 M ( I n + M ) − 1 y = 2 ( I n − ( I n + M ) − 1 ) y = 2 ( I n − 2 1 ( I n + N ) − 1 ) y = ( I n + N ( I n + N ) − 1 ) y ,
and x = 2 ( I n + M ) − 1 y = ( I n + N ) − 1 y = ( I n − N ( I n + N ) − 1 ) y x=2(I_n+M)^{-1}y=(I_n+N)^{-1}y=(I_n-N(I_n+N)^{-1})y x = 2 ( I n + M ) − 1 y = ( I n + N ) − 1 y = ( I n − N ( I n + N ) − 1 ) y . Using y T ( I n − A ) T ( I n + A ) y = ∥ y ∥ 2 − ∥ A y ∥ 2 y^{\mathsf{T}}(I_n-A)^{\mathsf{T}}(I_n+A)y=\lVert y\rVert^2-\lVert Ay\rVert^2 y T ( I n − A ) T ( I n + A ) y = ∥ y ∥ 2 − ∥ A y ∥ 2 for any A ∈ R n × n A\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n} A ∈ R n × n , we have
x T M x = y T ( I n − N ( I n + N ) − 1 ) T ( I n + N ( I n + N ) − 1 ) y = ∥ y ∥ 2 − ∥ N ( I n + N ) − 1 y ∥ 2 x^{\mathsf{T}}Mx=y^{\mathsf{T}}\left(I_n-N(I_n+N)^{-1}\right)^{\mathsf{T}}\left(I_n+N(I_n+N)^{-1}\right)y=\lVert y\rVert^2-\lVert N(I_n+N)^{-1}y\rVert^2 x T M x = y T ( I n − N ( I n + N ) − 1 ) T ( I n + N ( I n + N ) − 1 ) y = ∥ y ∥ 2 − ∥ N ( I n + N ) − 1 y ∥ 2
When N N N is nilpotent of degree 2, i.e., N 2 = 0 n × n N^2 = 0_{n \times n} N 2 = 0 n × n , ( I n + N ) ( I n − N ) = I n (I_n + N)(I_n - N) = I_n ( I n + N ) ( I n − N ) = I n , so ( I n + N ) − 1 = I n − N (I_n + N)^{-1} = I_n - N ( I n + N ) − 1 = I n − N , thus we have
x ⊤ M x = ∥ y ∥ 2 − ∥ N ( I n − N ) y ∥ 2 = ∥ y ∥ 2 − ∥ N y ∥ 2 = y ⊤ ( I n − N ⊤ N ) y . x^\top Mx = \|y\|^2 - \|N(I_n - N)y\|^2 = \|y\|^2 - \|Ny\|^2 = y^\top(I_n - N^\top N)y . x ⊤ M x = ∥ y ∥ 2 − ∥ N ( I n − N ) y ∥ 2 = ∥ y ∥ 2 − ∥ N y ∥ 2 = y ⊤ ( I n − N ⊤ N ) y .
Proposition 7.12. Let G = ( V , E ) G = (V,E) G = ( V , E ) be a connected graph with ∣ V ∣ = n ≥ 2 |V| = n \ge2 ∣ V ∣ = n ≥ 2 and ∣ E ∣ = m |E| = m ∣ E ∣ = m . Then for all v ∈ R n v \in\mathbb{R}^n v ∈ R n ,
v ⊤ ( L G − I n ) v ≤ ∥ v ∥ ∞ 2 ( 4 maxcut ( G ) − n ) . v^\top(L_G - I_n)v \le\|v\|_\infty^2(4\operatorname{maxcut}(G) - n). v ⊤ ( L G − I n ) v ≤ ∥ v ∥ ∞ 2 ( 4 maxcut ( G ) − n ) .
Proof. If v = 0 v = 0 v = 0 then the statement is trivial, hence assume v ≠ 0 v \ne0 v = 0 . Let v ^ = v / ∥ v ∥ ∞ \hat{v} = v/\|v\|_\infty v ^ = v /∥ v ∥ ∞ , then
v ⊤ ( L G − I n ) v = ∥ v ∥ ∞ 2 ⋅ v ^ ⊤ ( L G − I n ) v ^ ≤ ∥ v ∥ ∞ 2 ⋅ max s ∈ [ − 1 , 1 ] n s ⊤ ( L G − I n ) s . v^\top(L_G - I_n)v = \|v\|_\infty^2 \cdot\hat{v}^\top(L_G - I_n)\hat{v} \le\|v\|_\infty^2 \cdot\max_{s \in[-1,1]^n} s^\top(L_G - I_n)s . v ⊤ ( L G − I n ) v = ∥ v ∥ ∞ 2 ⋅ v ^ ⊤ ( L G − I n ) v ^ ≤ ∥ v ∥ ∞ 2 ⋅ s ∈ [ − 1 , 1 ] n max s ⊤ ( L G − I n ) s .
The maximum of s ∈ [ − 1 , 1 ] n s \in[-1,1]^n s ∈ [ − 1 , 1 ] n is taken at a vertex s ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n s \in\{-1,1\}^n s ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n , by [65 Corollary 8.1] . To see the proof of this, note that ( L G − I n ) i i ≥ 0 (L_G - I_n)_{ii} \ge0 ( L G − I n ) ii ≥ 0 for all i ∈ [ n ] i \in[n] i ∈ [ n ] because G G G is connected (and thus every vertex has degree ≥ 1 \ge1 ≥ 1 ). Hence, the function f ( s ) = s ⊤ ( L G − I n ) s f(s) = s^\top(L_G - I_n)s f ( s ) = s ⊤ ( L G − I n ) s is convex in each coordinate direction s i s_i s i . This implies that there is a maximizer s ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n s \in\{-1,1\}^n s ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n . Consequently,
v ⊤ ( L G − I n ) v ≤ ∥ v ∥ ∞ 2 ⋅ max s ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n s ⊤ ( L G − I n ) s = ∥ v ∥ ∞ 2 ( 4 maxcut ( G ) − n ) , v^\top(L_G - I_n)v \le\|v\|_\infty^2 \cdot\max_{s \in\{-1,1\}^n} s^\top(L_G - I_n)s = \|v\|_\infty^2 (4\operatorname{maxcut}(G) - n) , v ⊤ ( L G − I n ) v ≤ ∥ v ∥ ∞ 2 ⋅ s ∈ { − 1 , 1 } n max s ⊤ ( L G − I n ) s = ∥ v ∥ ∞ 2 ( 4 maxcut ( G ) − n ) ,
where the last equality follows by Proposition 7.10.
Corollary 7.18. Let M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n M \in\mathcal{P}_\star\cap\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} M ∈ P ⋆ ∩ R n × n . Then 0 is a semi-simple eigenvalue of M M M , in particular, ker ( M p ) = ker ( M ) \ker(M^p) = \ker(M) ker ( M p ) = ker ( M ) and rk ( M p ) = rk ( M ) \operatorname{rk}(M^p) = \operatorname{rk}(M) rk ( M p ) = rk ( M ) for all p ∈ N p \in\mathbb{N} p ∈ N . Further, sgn ( ker ( M ) ) = sgn ( ker ( M ⊤ ) ) \operatorname{sgn}(\ker(M)) = \operatorname{sgn}(\ker(M^\top)) sgn ( ker ( M )) = sgn ( ker ( M ⊤ )) .
Proof. Suppose 0 is not a semi-simple eigenvalue of M M M . Then there exists x , y ∈ R n x,y \in\mathbb{R}^n x , y ∈ R n , x ≠ 0 x \ne0 x = 0 such that M x = 0 Mx = 0 M x = 0 and M y = x My = x M y = x . Since M ∈ P ⋆ M \in\mathcal{P}_\star M ∈ P ⋆ , I n + M I_n + M I n + M is nonsingular by Corollary 2.5 . Let M ~ = C − 1 ( M ) = ( M − I ) ( M + I ) − 1 \widetilde{M} = C^{-1}(M) = (M - I)(M + I)^{-1} M = C − 1 ( M ) = ( M − I ) ( M + I ) − 1 , then M ~ x = − x \widetilde{M}x = -x M x = − x and M ~ y = ( M − I ) ( y − ( I + M ) − 1 x ) = ( M − I ) ( y − x ) = 2 x − y \widetilde{M}y = (M - I)(y - (I + M)^{-1}x) = (M - I)(y - x) = 2x - y M y = ( M − I ) ( y − ( I + M ) − 1 x ) = ( M − I ) ( y − x ) = 2 x − y . Since ∣ M ~ x ∣ = ∣ x ∣ |\widetilde{M}x| = |x| ∣ M x ∣ = ∣ x ∣ and
M ~ x ∘ M ~ ( − y ) − x ∘ ( − y ) = ( − x ) ∘ ( y − 2 x ) + x ∘ y = 2 x 2 ≥ 0 , \widetilde{M}x \circ\widetilde{M}(-y) - x \circ(-y) = (-x) \circ(y - 2x) + x \circ y = 2x^2 \ge0 , M x ∘ M ( − y ) − x ∘ ( − y ) = ( − x ) ∘ ( y − 2 x ) + x ∘ y = 2 x 2 ≥ 0 ,
Theorem 7.17 gives M ~ x ∘ M ~ y = x ∘ y \widetilde{M}x \circ\widetilde{M}y = x \circ y M x ∘ M y = x ∘ y , which implies that x = 0 x = 0 x = 0 , a contradiction. As a result, M p M^p M p has the same null space and rank as M M M , for all p ∈ N p \in\mathbb{N} p ∈ N .
Let x ∈ ker ( M ) x \in\ker(M) x ∈ ker ( M ) , so M ~ x = − x \widetilde{M}x = -x M x = − x . Theorem 7.17 ensures that if ( − x ) ∘ M ~ y ≥ x ∘ y (-x) \circ\widetilde{M}y \ge x \circ y ( − x ) ∘ M y ≥ x ∘ y then ( − x ) ∘ M ~ y = x ∘ y (-x) \circ\widetilde{M}y = x \circ y ( − x ) ∘ M y = x ∘ y , for all y ∈ R n y \in\mathbb{R}^n y ∈ R n . If we set A x : = − diag ( x ) ( I + M ~ ) A_x := -\operatorname{diag}(x)(I + \widetilde{M}) A x := − diag ( x ) ( I + M ) , this is equivalent to having for all y ∈ R n y \in\mathbb{R}^n y ∈ R n , if A x y ≥ 0 A_xy \ge0 A x y ≥ 0 then A x y = 0 A_xy = 0 A x y = 0 , that is, there exists no y ∈ R n y \in\mathbb{R}^n y ∈ R n such that A x y ≥ 0 A_xy \ge0 A x y ≥ 0 and A x y ≠ 0 A_xy \ne0 A x y = 0 . By Stiemke’s alternative, there exists w > 0 w > 0 w > 0 such that A x ⊤ w = 0 A_x^\top w = 0 A x ⊤ w = 0 . Let x ~ : = diag ( w ) x \widetilde{x} := \operatorname{diag}(w)x x := diag ( w ) x , then ( I + M ~ ⊤ ) x ~ = ( I + M ~ ⊤ ) diag ( x ) w = − A x ⊤ w = 0 (I + \widetilde{M}^\top)\widetilde{x} = (I + \widetilde{M}^\top)\operatorname{diag}(x)w = -A_x^\top w = 0 ( I + M ⊤ ) x = ( I + M ⊤ ) diag ( x ) w = − A x ⊤ w = 0 which gives x ~ ∈ ker ( I + M ~ ⊤ ) \widetilde{x} \in\ker(I + \widetilde{M}^\top) x ∈ ker ( I + M ⊤ ) . Since
I + M ~ ⊤ = I + ( M ⊤ + I ) − 1 ( M ⊤ − I ) = 2 ( M ⊤ + I ) − 1 M ⊤ , I + \widetilde{M}^\top= I + (M^\top+ I)^{-1}(M^\top- I) = 2(M^\top+ I)^{-1}M^\top, I + M ⊤ = I + ( M ⊤ + I ) − 1 ( M ⊤ − I ) = 2 ( M ⊤ + I ) − 1 M ⊤ ,
ker ( I + M ~ ⊤ ) = ker ( M ⊤ ) \ker(I + \widetilde{M}^\top) = \ker(M^\top) ker ( I + M ⊤ ) = ker ( M ⊤ ) . Thus, we have x ~ ∈ ker ( M ⊤ ) \widetilde{x} \in\ker(M^\top) x ∈ ker ( M ⊤ ) , and sgn ( x ~ ) = sgn ( x ) \operatorname{sgn}(\widetilde{x}) = \operatorname{sgn}(x) sgn ( x ) = sgn ( x ) because x ~ = diag ( w ) x \widetilde{x} = \operatorname{diag}(w)x x = diag ( w ) x where w > 0 w > 0 w > 0 . This shows that sgn ( ker ( M ) ) ⊆ sgn ( ker ( M ⊤ ) ) \operatorname{sgn}(\ker(M)) \subseteq\operatorname{sgn}(\ker(M^\top)) sgn ( ker ( M )) ⊆ sgn ( ker ( M ⊤ )) . We then have sgn ( ker ( M ) ) = sgn ( ker ( M ⊤ ) ) \operatorname{sgn}(\ker(M)) = \operatorname{sgn}(\ker(M^\top)) sgn ( ker ( M )) = sgn ( ker ( M ⊤ )) by applying the same argument to M ⊤ M^\top M ⊤ to show sgn ( ker ( M ⊤ ) ) ⊆ sgn ( ker ( M ) ) \operatorname{sgn}(\ker(M^\top)) \subseteq\operatorname{sgn}(\ker(M)) sgn ( ker ( M ⊤ )) ⊆ sgn ( ker ( M )) , because M ⊤ ∈ P ⋆ M^\top\in\mathcal{P}_\star M ⊤ ∈ P ⋆ by Theorem 2.6 .
AI Disclosure
The authors uploaded to ChatGPT a writeup of their own simple IPM analysis from Section 4 and characterization from Theorem 1.1, seeking to avoid the linear dependence on the handicap number present in this analysis and in earlier work. Prompted to test a range of approaches, ChatGPT suggested measuring the Newton step H e r r Herr H er r in a norm induced by an M M M -matrix inverse ( I − ∣ H ∣ / α ) − 1 (I - |H|/\alpha)^{-1} ( I − ∣ H ∣/ α ) − 1 for a suitable scalar α \alpha α . Further refinement with the authors led ChatGPT to suggest using Rump’s theorem to provide an analysis of Newton’s method that uses the local rescaling rather than the global worst-case guarantee on the norm of H H H . The authors developed the final analysis with LLM assistance, particularly the stability proofs from § 5.4 and § 5.5 .
DeepSeek assisted with the hardness results, and independently suggested using Rump’s sign spectral radius to prove coNP-hardness of testing sufficiency. The authors refined all ideas and strengthened the arguments.
We view the connection to Rump’s work, which appears to have been overlooked in the IPM literature, as the most significant LLM contribution. LLM use in writing was limited to proofreading and helping to improve the flow of the text.
References